HomeMy WebLinkAboutEast and West Water Tank Painting Project (4)
VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK, ILLINOIS
250,000 GALLON SPHEROID
(EAST and WEST TANKS)
EXTERIOR OVERCOAT
WET INTERIOR REPAINT
DRY INTERIOR SPOT REPAINT
AND MISCELLANEOUS REPAIRS
BID DATE: FEBRUARY 23, 2021
BID TIME: 2:00 P.M.
CONTRACT NO. 13-22-24-03 & 04-20
Table of Contents
Notice to Bidders (1-2)
Project Summary (1-4)
Instructions to Bidders (1-13)
Supplementary Instructions to Bidders (1)
Bid/Agreement Form (1-11)
Non-Collusion Affidavit (1)
Contractor Certification (1)
Certification for Contract (1)
Certificate of Compliance (1)
Schedule of Values (1-5)
Performance and Payment Bonds (1-4)
General Conditions (1-79)
Supplemental Conditions (1-7)
Prevailing Wage Rate Information (1-9)
Definitions for Technical Specifications (1)
Scheduling for RPR Services (1-5)
Contractor’s Financial Responsibility for RPR Services (3)
Technical Specifications East Tank (1-43)
Technical Specifications West Tank (1-43)
OAK BROOK - NOTICE to BIDDERS - 1
SECTION 00 00 30
NOTICE to BIDDERS
Separate sealed Bids are solicited for the following project:
Project Name: 250,000 Gallon Spheroid (East and West Tanks)
Exterior Overcoat
Wet Interior Repaint
Dry Interior Spot Repaint
And Miscellaneous Repairs
Note: This project name shall be understood to include the entire scope of project as defined and
detailed by these specifications and Contract Documents.
Separate sealed bids will be received by the Owner and then publicly opened and read aloud at:
Pre-Bid Meeting: February 9, 2021 at 10:00 A.M. at S.E. Dean Boardroom at the Butler
Government Center, 1200 Oak Brook Rd., Oak Brook, IL 60523.
Meeting is mandatory and Bidders are to visit the site prior to the
meeting.
Bids Sent To: Rania Serences, Senior Purchasing Assistant, Village of Oak Brook,
1200 Oak Brook Rd., Oak Brook, IL 60523
Bid Opening Date: February 23, 2021
Bid Opening Time: 2:00 P.M. (local time)
Bid Opening Site: S.E. Dean Boardroom at the Butler Government Center, 1200 Oak
Brook Rd., Oak Brook, IL 60523
Bid Security: A bid security of 10% of the bid amount is required.
The Bid Requirements and Contract Documents may be examined at the following locations:
Contractors Exchange Construction Association Builders Exchange
233 N. Springfield Ave. 43636 Woodward Ave. 678 Front Ave. NW, Suite 330
Joliet, IL 60435 Bloomfield Hills, MI 48302 Grand Rapids, MI 49501
At the OFFICE of the ENGINEER and at the OFFICE of Pat Toland.
Printed copies, Electronic copies, or Documents on Flash drives with the Bidding Documents
may be obtained from the office of DIXON ENGINEERING, INC., 1104 Third Avenue, Lake
Odessa, Michigan, 48849 (Issuing Office) upon payment for handling charge of each set in the
respective format. Payment for handling charges should be made to Dixon Engineering,
Incorporated. There will be no refund of handling charge for return of specification
packages, or in the digital format.
OAK BROOK - NOTICE to BIDDERS - 2
Format Cost
Bidding Requirements $95.00
Flash Drive containing Bidding Requirements in portable document format (PDF) $85.00
Electronic download of Bidding Requirements by email (PDF) $75.00
A mandatory pre-bid conference for the Project will be held on February 9, 2021 at S.E. Dean
Boardroom at the Butler Government Center, 1200 Oak Brook Rd., Oak Brook, IL 60523.
Bidders are to visit the site prior to the meeting. See Supplemental Instructions to Bidders to
verify if the attendance of non-employees or other surrogates representing your firm meets the
requirements of mandatory attendance.
The Village of Oak Brook Reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any
informalities and to accept the bid deemed most advantageous to it.
No bid shall be withdrawn after opening with the consent of the Village of Oak Brook for a
period of 60 days after the scheduled time bid opening date.
For all further requirements regarding bid submittal, qualifications, procedures, and contract
award, refer to the Instructions to Bidders, and if applicable Supplemental Instructions to
Bidders, that are included in the Bidding Requirements.
Note l: The Engineer assumes no responsibility to supply Builders Exchanges and similar plan
review rooms with all addenda issued. An attempt will be made to do so; however, only
registered plan holders will be notified by email of expected or late term addendum with short
preparation times.
Note 2: Prequalification of BIDDERS - Dixon Engineering will review qualifications of all
Contractors and determine their status. Contractors will be prequalified for different sized tanks
and towers based on experience, workmanship, successful Project completions with DIXON and
Contractor’s financial data. Prequalification protocol is in the Instructions to Bidders. Any
Contractor who has any projects in dispute or unfinished because of Contract problems will be
considered NOT prequalified. Disqualification will result in the return of any handling fee for
Bidding Documents.
OAK BROOK - PROJECT SUMMARY - 1
SECTION 00 00 40
PROJECT SUMMARY
PART 1 – GENERAL
This Project Summary is an overview of the entire Project. The Project Summary is referred to
in the Bid/Agreement Form in a few locations. It is intended but is not guaranteed, to place all
project specifics in one location to aid Bidders.
1.01 SCHEDULE, LIQUIDATED DAMAGES and SPECIAL DAMAGES
The Contractor shall abide by the following schedule:
East Tank Schedule:
Commence work on or after April 15, 2021.
Substantial Completion by July 1, 2021 including cure and disinfection time.
West Tank Schedule:
Commence work on or after August 16, 2021.
Substantial Completion by October 29, 2021 including cure and disinfection time.
Each tank may be out-of-service a maximum of 35 days.
Com-ed will de-energize the power lines a maximum of four times during the project for
rigging/paint work in that area as noted below. The dates are hard dates and cannot be moved,
no dates will be added.
• Outage #1
o Start Date: September 7, 2021
o End Date: September 9, 2021
• Outage #2
o Start Date: September 14, 2021
o End Date: September 16, 2021
• Outage #3
o Start Date: September 21, 2021
o End Date: September 23, 2021
• Outage #4
o Start Date: September 28, 2021
o End Date: September 30, 2021
OAK BROOK - PROJECT SUMMARY - 2
Liquidated damages are applicable and begin after 35 days out-of-service or after Substantial
Completion date whichever is the earlier date. Liquidated damages at $1,250/calendar day shall
apply after this date. Ready for Final Payment Date shall be thirty (30) days after date
Substantial Completion Date based on out-of-service days or scheduled Substantial Completion,
or as adjusted by Change Order; or actual Substantial Completion if earlier. Liquidated damages
after Ready for Final Payment Date of $250/day shall apply. Liquidated damages are cumulative
if damages from Substantial Completion and Ready for Final Payment overlap. In addition,
Special Damages, fines, or Set-offs may also apply per Bid/Agreement Form.
1.02 SCOPE of WORK
Tank Information:
East Tank:
The structure is a 250,000 gallon spheroid water storage tank with an estimated low-water level
of 125 ft. located at 2011 Windsor Dr. in Oak Brook, Illinois.
West Tank:
The structure is a 250,000 gallon spheroid water storage tank with an estimated low-water level
of 91 ft. located at 2407 W. 22nd St. in Oakbrook, Illinois.
East Tank:
The work includes:
Exterior: High pressure water clean (5,000 to 10,000 psi), spot power tool clean to a
SSPC-SP11 standard, and apply a three (3) coat epoxy urethane system.
Exterior Alternate: Apply a dark topcoat on the bowl using a fluoropolymer urethane.
Dry Interior: Spot power tool clean coating failures throughout to a SSPC-SP11 standard.
Apply a spot two (2) coat epoxy system to the prepared surfaces.
Wet Interior: Abrasive blast clean to a SSPC-SP10 near-white metal standard and apply a three
(3) coat zinc epoxy system. Apply a polyurethane caulk to the roof lap seams. The cathodic
protection system shall be removed and reinstalled by the owner’s vendor, coordination and
payment is the contractor’s responsibility.
Foundation: Repair grout. Water clean and apply a two (2) coat epoxy system.
Mixer: Install a mechanical mixer.
Repairs:
1) Install a gasket on the wet interior roof hatch.
2) Modify the top platform.
3) Reinstall the aluminum jacket sections on the fill/draw pipe.
OAK BROOK - PROJECT SUMMARY - 3
4) Overflow pipe discharge modification.
5) Replace the mud valve.
6) Replace the access tube air gap seal.
7) Replace dry interior light bulbs.
8) Weld rigging lug on the bowl.
9) Remove abandoned antennas.
West Tank:
Exterior: High pressure water clean (5,000 to 10,000 psi), spot power tool clean to a
SSPC-SP11 standard, and apply a three (3) coat epoxy urethane system.
Exterior Alternate: Apply a dark topcoat on the bowl using a fluoropolymer urethane.
Wet Interior: Abrasive blast clean to a SSPC-SP10 near-white metal standard and apply a three
(3) coat zinc epoxy system. Apply a polyurethane caulk to the roof lap seams. The cathodic
protection system shall be removed and reinstalled by the owner’s vendor, coordination and
payment is the contractor’s responsibility.
Dry Interior: Abrasive blast clean the entire top of the condensate platform (including 1 ft. up
the riser wall) and spot failures throughout to a SSPC-SP6 commercial standard. Apply a two
(2) coat epoxy system to the prepared surfaces.
Foundation: Water clean and apply a two (2) coat epoxy system.
Mixer: Install a mechanical mixer.
Repairs:
1) Install a gasket on the wet interior roof hatch.
2) Modify the top platform.
3) Overflow pipe discharge modification.
4) Replace the mud valve.
5) Replace the access tube air gap seal.
6) Replace dry interior light bulbs.
7) Weld rigging lug on the bowl.
8) Install a sample tap on the fill/draw pipe.
9) Expansion joint replacement.
10) Remove abandoned antennas.
1.03 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Power lines are immediately next to the West tower. The Contractor must keep all
rigging equipment a minimum of 15 feet away from the power lines while they are
energized. Schedule for de-energizing the power lines is given above. The dates are
OAK BROOK - PROJECT SUMMARY - 4
hard dates and all work that will require rigging near the power lines must be
performed during the hard dates.
B. This project is funded by local funds.
SECTION 00 02 00
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 – Defined Terms ......................................................................................................... 1
ARTICLE 2 – Bidding Documents ............................................................................................... 1
ARTICLE 3 – Qualifications/Prequalifications of Bidders ........................................................... 2
ARTICLE 4 – Pre-Bid Conference ................................................................................................ 4
ARTICLE 5 – Site and Other Areas; Existing Site Conditions; Examination of Site; Owner’s
Safety Program; Other Work at the Site ............................................................... 4
ARTICLE 6 – Bidder’s Representations and Certifications .......................................................... 5
ARTICLE 7 – Interpretations and Addenda .................................................................................. 5
ARTICLE 8 – Bid Security............................................................................................................ 5
ARTICLE 9 – Contract Times ....................................................................................................... 6
ARTICLE 10 – Substitute and “Or Equal” Items .......................................................................... 6
ARTICLE 11 – Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ................................................................. 6
ARTICLE 12 – Preparation of Bid ................................................................................................ 7
ARTICLE 13 – Basis of Bid .......................................................................................................... 8
ARTICLE 14 – Submittal of Bid ................................................................................................... 8
ARTICLE 15 – Modification and Withdrawal of Bid ................................................................... 9
ARTICLE 16 – Opening of Bids ................................................................................................... 9
ARTICLE 17 – Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance .............................................................. 10
ARTICLE 18 – Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract ........................................................ 10
ARTICLE 19 – Bonds and Insurance .......................................................................................... 11
ARTICLE 20 – Signing of Agreement ........................................................................................ 11
ARTICLE 21 –Non-Discrimination ............................................................................................ 12
ARTICLE 22 – Non-Collusion .................................................................................................... 12
ARTICLE 23 – Alternate Bids or Restrictions on Bids……………...…….………………………..13
ARTICLE 24 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ............................................................................. 13
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 1
ARTICLE 1 –DEFINED TERMS
1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General
Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to
Bidders have the meanings indicated below:
A. Issuing Office – The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued, and
which registers plan holders.
B. Owner’s Office – The office where the bidding procedures are to be administered.
ARTICLE 2 – BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.01 Bidder shall obtain a complete set of Bidding Requirements and proposed Contract
Documents (together, the Bidding Documents). See the Agreement for a list of the Contract
Documents. It is Bidder’s responsibility to determine that it is using a complete set of
documents in the preparation of a Bid. Bidder assumes sole responsibility for errors or
misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete documents, by Bidder itself or by
its prospective Subcontractors and Suppliers.
2.02 Bidding Documents are made available for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for
completion of the Project and permission to download or distribution of the Bidding
Documents does not confer a license or grant permission or authorization for any other use.
Authorization to download documents, or other distribution, includes the right for plan
holders to print documents solely for their use, and the use of their prospective
Subcontractors and Suppliers, provided the plan holder pays all costs associated with
printing or reproduction. Printed documents may not be re-sold under any circumstances.
2.03 Bidder may register as a plan holder and obtain complete sets of Bidding Documents, in
the number and format stated in the Notice to Bidders, from the Issuing Office. Bidders
may rely that sets of Bidding Documents obtained from the Issuing Office are complete,
unless an omission is obvious. Registered plan holders will receive Addenda issued by
Owner.
2.04 Owner is not responsible for omissions in Bidding Documents or other documents obtained
from plan rooms, or for a Bidder’s failure to obtain Addenda from a plan room.
2.05 Electronic Documents
A. When the Notice to Bidders Requirements indicate that electronic (digital) copies of
the Bidding Documents are available, such documents will be made available to the
Bidders as Electronic Documents in the manner specified. (Sealed master copy of Bid
documents held by Owner.
1. Bidding Documents will be provided in Adobe PDF (Portable Document Format)
(.pdf) that is readable by Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 9.0 or later. It is the
intent of DIXON and Owner that such Electronic Documents are to be exactly
representative of the paper copies of the documents. However, because the Owner
and DIXON cannot totally control the transmission and receipt of Electronic
Documents nor the Contractor’s means of reproduction of such documents, the
Owner and DIXON cannot and do not guarantee that Electronic Documents and
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 2
reproductions prepared from those versions are identical in every manner to the
paper copies.
B. Unless otherwise stated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder may use and rely upon
complete sets of Electronic Documents of the Bidding Documents, described in
Paragraph 2.06.A above. However, Bidder assumes all risks associated with
differences arising from transmission/receipt of Electronic Documents versions of
Bidding Documents and reproductions prepared from those versions and, further,
assumes all risks, costs, and responsibility associated with use of the Electronic
Documents versions to derive information that is not explicitly contained in printed
paper versions of the documents, and for Bidder’s reliance upon such derived
information.
1. In no case will the Contractor be entitled to additional compensation or time for
completion due to any differences between the actual Contract Documents and
any related document in native file format.
ARTICLE 3 – QUALIFICATIONS/PREQUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
3.01 Coating projects require competent, financially solvent Contractors who complete projects
on time. These projects deal with the health and safety of the public, have a short availability
time, and include dangerous work; therefore, the Owner will only consider prequalified
Contractors. Bidders not prequalified may be considered non-responsive and bids may be
returned, unopened or opened. Bidders who are not prequalified may not be awarded the
project if there is insufficient time (30 days) to complete a thorough review or may not be
awarded at solely at Owner’s discretion.
A. Requirements for prequalification are:
1. On tanks of 1,000,000 gallons or smaller, successful completion of at least ten
projects of like or larger size in the last five years. On tanks larger than 1,000,000
gallons, five projects of like size shall have been successfully completed in the last
five years.
2. The experience list shall be based on the type of project being Bid. If project is for
a reservoir, then experience list shall contain the required number of projects for
reservoirs only; if Project is for an elevated tank, then elevated only; wastewater,
wastewater only; clarifier, clarifier only.
3. All projects listed by a Bidder shall have been completed by that bidder under the
company name in which they will be bidding this project. If the Bidder has
completed the project(s) under a different company name, then the name under
which the project(s) was completed shall be noted.
4. Bidders shall furnish proof that they are bondable for the size of the project they are
bidding and furnish proof of their bonding company’s rating.
B. DIXON will review submitted data to determine if Bidder meets prequalification
requirements. QP1 or QP2 certification by Society of Protective Coatings (SSPC) is an
alternate method of prequalification, except for the experience list and financials. Any
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 3
information found to be false, incorrect, or embellished (determination of embellishment
will be solely in opinion of Engineer) will be sufficient reason for disqualification.
C. New Bidders can apply for prequalification; however, they must be able to prove that
they are bondable, provide a certified financial statement (most recent fiscal quarter),
provide a complete equipment list; and a list of manpower, including work experience
and the contractor(s) for whom they have worked. From this information, an evaluation
and recommendation will be made by DIXON using economic ratios and comparisons
regarding project size, equipment, manpower available, and foreman’s experience. A
determination will then be made by the Owner as to whether or not the Bidder is qualified
to perform the Project.
D. Any prequalified Contractor (by DIXON or SSPC) who has pending litigation against
him for work not completed on a project or for failed work on a project may be subject
to disqualification.
E. In addition, the Owner may make further investigations into the Bidder’s
prequalification, including compliance with human resource programs, as well as OSHA
and environmental histories. The Owner also may review elements of the
prequalification and determine if experience is generic to and specific to the project.
Furnish the Owner information, data, or certifications requested.
3.02 Disqualification:
A. If a Contractor is Disqualified by a State or Federal Agency, prequalification of that
Contractor is revoked for Work in the Disqualifying State, or for Federal Work from
Disqualifying Agency.
B. Contractor will for reinstatement of Prequalification in the Disqualifying State of with
the Disqualifying Federal Agency, when the disqualification period has ended.
C. By submitting their bid, the Bidder certifies that he is not currently disqualified or
rejected from submitting bids in the state or political subdivision of the state where the
project is located or with the Federal Agency for whom the Work is being bid.
3.03 If not Prequalified; to demonstrate Bidder’s qualifications to perform the Work, and at least
ten (10) days prior to Bid Opening, Bidder shall submit the following information:
A. Written evidence establishing its qualifications such as financial data, previous
experience, and present commitments.
B. A written statement that Bidder is authorized to do business in the state where the
Project is located, or a written certification that Bidder will obtain such authority prior
to the Effective Date of the Contract.
C. Bidder’s state license or other contractor license number, if applicable.
D. Subcontractor and Supplier qualification information.
E. A completed Qualification Form (EJCDC 451) and supporting documentation.
F. Other required information regarding qualifications.
G. A Bidder’s failure to submit required qualification information within the times
indicated may disqualify Bidder from receiving an award of the Contract.
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 4
H. No requirement in this Article 3 to submit information will prejudice the right of
Owner to seek additional pertinent information regarding Bidder’s qualifications.
ARTICLE 4 – PRE-BID CONFERENCE MOVED TO SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS
ARTICLE 5 – SITE AND OTHER AREAS; EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS;
EXAMINATION OF SITE; OWNER’S SAFETY PROGRAM; OTHER WORK AT THE
SITE
5.01 Site and Other Areas
A. The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. By definition, the Site includes rights-
of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner for the use of the Contractor.
Any additional lands required for temporary construction facilities, construction
equipment, or storage of materials and equipment, and any access needed for such
additional lands, are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor.
5.02 Existing Site Conditions
A. Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions
1. There are no reports or drawings that contain Technical Data.
2. There are no reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous
Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site.
B. Underground Facilities – The only known Underground Facilities may be piping pits
unless noted in the Supplemental Conditions.
C. No Site-related documents are available.
5.03 Site Visit and Testing by Bidders
A. Bidder is required to visit the Site and conduct a thorough visual examination of the
Site and adjacent areas. During the visit the Bidder must not disturb any ongoing
operations at the Site.
B. Bidder is not required to conduct any subsurface testing, or exhaustive investigations
of Site conditions.
C. On request, and to the extent Owner has control over the Site, and schedule permitting,
the Owner will provide Bidder general access to the Site to conduct such additional
examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems
necessary for preparing and submitting a successful Bid. Owner will not have any
obligation to grant such access if doing so is not practical because of existing
operations, security or safety concerns, or restraints on Owner’s authority regarding
the Site. Bidder is responsible for establishing access needed to reach specific selected
test sites.
5.04 Owner’s Safety Program
A. Site visits and work at the Site may be governed by an Owner safety program. If an
Owner safety program exists, it will be noted in the Supplementary Conditions.
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 5
5.05 Other Work at the Site
A. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the
general nature of other work of which Owner is aware (if any) that is to be performed
at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) and relates
to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 6 – BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
6.01 Express Representations and Certifications in Bid Form, Agreement
A. The Bid/Agreement Form that each Bidder will submit contains express
representations regarding the Bidder’s examination of Project documentation, Site
visit, and preparation of the Bid, and certifications regarding lack of collusion or fraud
in connection with the Bid. Bidder should review these representations and
certifications, and assure that Bidder can make the representations and certifications
in good faith, before executing and submitting its Bid.
B. If Bidder is awarded the Contract, Bidder (as Contractor) will automatically reaffirm
representations and certifications when it executes the Bid/Agreement.
ARTICLE 7 – INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
7.01 Owner on its own initiative may issue Addenda to clarify, correct, supplement, or change
the Bidding Documents.
7.02 Bidder shall submit all questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents to
DIXON in writing. Contact information and submittal procedures for such questions are to
be made to the Issuing Office.
7.03 Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by DIXON and in DIXON’s sole
judgement, in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all
registered plan holders. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for
opening of Bids may not be answered.
A. Addenda may be electronically issued within five days of opening of Bids if Addenda
is considered clarification only.
B. The only Addenda issued within three days of the bid will be a notice to reschedule
opening of Bids, or to cancel opening of Bids. Bids already in transit will be returned
unopened or held unopened if requested by Bidder until new date for opening of Bids.
7.04 Only responses set forth in an Addendum will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or
clarifications will be without legal effect. Responses to questions are not part of the
Contract Documents unless set forth in an Addendum that expressly modifies or
supplements the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 8 – BID SECURITY
8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of ten
(10) percent of Bidder’s maximum Bid price (determined by adding the base bid and all
alternates) and in the form of a Bid bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of
Article 6 of the General Conditions, or in the form of a Certified check made payable to
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 6
Owner. A check is considered a stopgap measure only, and shall be replaced by a Bid
Bond as soon as practical. As an alternate to replacement Contractor must demonstrate
that they can procure the required Construction Bonds.
8.02 The Bid security of the apparent Successful Bidder will be retained until Owner awards the
contract to such Bidder, and such Bidder has executed the Contract, furnished the required
Contract security, and met the other Conditions Precedent of the Notice of Award,
whereupon the Bid security will be released. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and
deliver the Contract and furnish the required Contract security (Conditions Precedent)
within 10 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may consider Bidder to be in default,
annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited, in whole
as a Liquidated Damage.
8.03 The Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of
receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of 7 days after the Effective
Date of the Contract or 61 days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished
by such Bidders will be released.
8.04 Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of
receiving the award will be released within 7 days after the Bid opening.
8.05 Bid Bonds will not be returned, but allowed to expire sixty-one days after Bid opening, unless
notified by Owner.
8.06 Bid security in the form of a certified check have in the past been overlooked when
following Paragraphs 8.02 –8.04 permit return, without intent, because the Certified checks
were kept in a different location than the Bonds. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to track
the location and secure the return of their check.
ARTICLE 9 – CONTRACT TIMES
9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be (a) substantially
completed and (b) ready for final payment, and (c) Milestones (if any) are to be achieved,
are set forth in the Bid/Agreement and in Section 00 00 40 Project Summary.
9.02 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, for failure to timely attain a Milestone,
Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work in readiness for final payment, are set
forth in the Agreement and in Section 00 00 40 Project Summary.
ARTICLE 10 – SUBSTITUTE AND “OR EQUAL” ITEMS
10.01 All prices that Bidder sets forth in its Bid will be based on the presumption that the
Contractor will furnish the materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding
Documents, as supplemented by Addenda. Any assumptions regarding the possibility of
post-Bid approvals of “or-equal” or substitution requests are made at Bidder’s sole risk.
ARTICLE 11 – SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS
11.01 A Bidder must be prepared to retain specific Subcontractors and Suppliers for the
performance of the Work if required to do so by the Bidding Documents or in the
Specifications. If a prospective Bidder objects to retaining any such Subcontractor or
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 7
Supplier and the concern is not relieved by an Addendum, then the prospective Bidder
should refrain from submitting a Bid.
11.02 The apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, must submit to Owner
a list of the Subcontractors or Suppliers proposed and the item of Work they are proposed
to do.
11.03 If requested by Owner, such list must be accompanied by an experience statement with
pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for
each such Subcontractor or Supplier. If Owner or DIXON, after due investigation, has
reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor or Supplier, Owner may, before the
Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute, in which case apparent Successful Bidder will submit a substitute.
11.04 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award
the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors and
Suppliers. Declining to make requested substitutions will constitute grounds for forfeiture
of the Bid security of any Bidder.
ARTICLE 12 – PREPARATION OF BID
12.01 The Bid/Agreement Form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies are
available from the Issuing Office.
A. DIXON has combined the Bid and Agreement Form. While preparing the Bi d
documents, use caution to remain in the Bid portion and not the Agreement.
B. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink.
Erasures or alterations must be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A
Bid price must be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternate, adjustment unit price
item, and unit price item listed therein.
C. If the Bid Form expressly indicates that submitting pricing on a specific alternate item
is optional, and Bidder elects to not furnish pricing for such optional alternate item,
then Bidder may enter the words “No Bid” or “Not Applicable.”
12.02 If Bidder has obtained the Bidding Documents as Electronic Documents, then Bidder shall
prepare its Bid on a paper copy of the Bid Form printed from t he Electronic Documents
version of the Bidding Documents. The printed copy of the Bid Form must be clearly
legible, printed on 8½ inch by 11-inch paper and as closely identical in appearance to the
Electronic Document version of the Bid Form as may be practical. The Owner reserves the
right to accept Bid Forms which nominally vary in appearance from the original paper
version of the Bid Form, providing that all required information and submittals are included
with the Bid.
12.03 A Bid by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by a corporate officer
(whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown.
12.04 A Bid by a partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner
(whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign. The official address of the partnership must be shown.
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 8
12.05 A Bid by a limited liability company must be executed in the name of the firm by a member
or other authorized person and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of
formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown.
12.06 A Bid by an individual must show the Bidder’s name and official address.
12.07 A Bid by a joint venture will not be accepted.
12.08 All names must be printed legibly in ink below the signatures.
12.09 The Bid must contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which
must be filled in on the Bid Form.
12.10 Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid
must be shown.
12.11 The Bid must contain evidence of Bidder’s authority to do business in the state where the
Project is located, or Bidder must certify in writing that it will obtain such authority within
the time for acceptance of Bids and attach such certification to the Bid.
12.12 If Bidder is required to be licensed to submit a Bid or perform the Work in the state where
the Project is located, the Bid must contain evidence of Bidder’s licensure, or Bidder must
certify in writing that it will obtain such licensure within the time for acceptance of Bids
and attach such certification to the Bid. Bidder’s state contractor license number, if any,
must also be shown on the Bid Form.
ARTICLE 13 – BASIS OF BID
13.01 Unit Price
A. Bidders must submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the unit
price section of the Bid Form. Where a quantity is not specified (i.e. exterior paint),
consider the quantity as one, or a lump sum line item.
B. The “Bid Price” (sometimes referred to as the extended price) for each unit price Bid
item will be the product of the “Estimated Quantity”, which Owner or its
representative has set forth in the Bid Form, for the item and the corresponding “Bid
Unit Price” offered by the Bidder. The total of all unit price Bid items will be the sum
of these “Bid Prices”; such total will be used by Owner for Bid comparison purposes.
The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with the
General Conditions.
13.02 Modified Unit Price
Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved
in favor of the math corrections. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column
of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. See 00
06 00 Schedule of Values for further determinations.
ARTICLE 14 – SUBMITTAL OF BID
14.01 The Bidding Documents include one separate unbound copy of the Bid Form and Schedule
of Values. The unbound copy of the Bid Form and Schedule of Values is to be completed
and submitted with the Bid security and the other documents required to be submitted under
the terms of Article 4 of the Bid Form. If Bidding documents were issued electronically it
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 9
is the Bidder’s responsibility to print the Bid Form and submit as directed above. Bid form
is identified herein as Bid/Agreement Form but is only a Bid Form until signed by Owner
as an Agreement.
14.02 A Bid must be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated
in the Advertisement or invitation to bid and must be enclosed in a plainly marked package
with the Project title, and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the
Bid is submitted, the name and address of Bidder, and must be accompanied by the required
Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system,
the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in a separate package plainly
marked on the outside with the notation “BID ENCLOSED.” A mailed Bid must b e
addressed to the location designated in the Advertisement. Failure to meet the
requirements of this paragraph is sufficient reason to consider the Bid nonresponsive.
14.03 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids, or not submit ted
at the correct location or in the designated manner, will not be accepted and may be
returned to the Bidder unopened.
ARTICLE 15 – MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID
15.01 An unopened Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the
same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be
submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. Dependent upon the timing of
receipt of such notice, the unopened Bid may be returned to the Bidder. If the Bid is
opened then the Bidder must comply with Paragraph 15.03 below. There is no guarantee
that Notice is sufficient or timely if sent by text or email.
15.02 If a Bidder wishes to modify its Bid prior to Bid opening, Bidder must withdraw its initial
Bid in the manner specified in Paragraph 15.01 and submit a new Bid prior to the date and
time for the opening of Bids.
15.03 If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with
Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that
there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, the Bidder may
withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security will be returned. If the Project is rebid, the Bidder
who withdraws their bid may be disqualified from submitting a new Bid, at the sole
discretion of the Owner.
ARTICLE 16 – OPENING OF BIDS
17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the Notice to Bid and, unless
obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and
major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders upon written request to DIXON.
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 10
ARTICLE 17 –BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE
17.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form,
but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and allow the Bid security to expire
prior to the end of this period.
ARTICLE 18 – EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.01 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation,
nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Owner also reserves the
right to waive all minor Bid informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work.
18.02 Owner will reject the Bid of any Bidder that Owner finds, after reasonable inquiry and
evaluation, to not be responsible.
18.03 If Bidder purports to add terms or conditions to its Bid, takes exception to any provision of
the Bidding Documents, or attempts to alter the contents of the Contract Documents for
purposes of the Bid, whether in the Bid itself or in a separate communication to Owner or
DIXON, then Owner will reject the Bid as nonresponsive.
18.04 If Owner awards the contract for the Work, such award will be to the responsible Bidder
submitting the lowest responsive Bid.
18.05 Evaluation of Bids
A. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether the Bids comply with the prescribed
requirements, and such alternates, unit prices, and other data, as may be requested in
the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
B. In the comparison of Bids, alternates will be applied in the same order of priority as
listed in the Bid Form. After determination of the Successful Bidder based on this
comparative process and on the responsiveness, responsibility, and other factors set
forth in these Instructions, the award may be made to said Successful Bidder on its
base Bid and any combination of its additive alternate Bids for which Owner
determines funds will be available at the time of award.
C. For the determination of the apparent low Bidder when unit price bids are submitted,
Bids will be compared on the basis of the total of the products of the estimated quantity
of each item and unit price Bid for that item, together with any lump sum items.
18.06 In evaluating whether a Bidder is responsible, Owner will consider the qualifications of the
Bidder and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors and Suppliers
proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors and
Suppliers must be submitted as provided in the Bidding Documents.
18.07 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the
responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders including prequalified
Bidders, and any proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers. Prequalification by DIXON does
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 11
not guarantee that Owner after investigation will determine the same Contractor to be
qualified. Owner’s sole determination will govern.
ARTICLE 19 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
19.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions,
sets forth Owner’s requirements as to Performance and Payment bonds, and other required
bonds (if any). The entire section (paragraphs concerning insurance and from Article 7,
the Indemnification requirements have been moved to Supplemental Conditions Paragraph
6.02+. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Notice of Award to Owner, the
signed Award shall be accompanied by required bonds and insurance documentation.
ARTICLE 20 – SIGNING OF AGREEMENT
20.01 The Articles of these Instructions as prepared by EJCDC consider a formal “Closing” or
contract signing meeting. All references to a Closing, contract signing event, are intended
to be deleted. Notice of Award will be issued by Owner, all requirements of Conditions
Precedent (bonds and insurance) will be completed by contractor within 10 days after
issuance of Notice of Award and forwarded to DIXON who will then compile Contract
Documents. Three sets of documents will be sent to Owner for signature and distribution.
One executed copy will be retained, one executed copy will be sent to the Contractor and
one to DIXON. There will be no meeting for signing unless required by Supplemental
Instructions.
20.02 This Contract contains a combined Bid/Agreement form. The Bidder signs Article 1 as
Bidder. The Owner will issue a Notice of Award and request Bonds and insurance and
possibly other items (Conditions Precedent). When the Conditions Precedent are met, the
Owner signs Article 2 of the Bid/Agreement making the document an Agreement
document.
20.02 The executed copy will be accompanied by three copies of signed Notice to Proceed. Within
five days of the date on the Notice to Proceed, the Bidder will sign the Notice to Proceed and
return a copy to DIXON. If DIXON does not receive the accepted Notice to Proceed in five
days, then the Notice to Proceed will be considered accepted by default. The Notice to
Proceed will be dated on or around the contract date. The actual contract start date,
completion date, etc. will be the same as the Effective Agreement Date, or as noted in the
Project Summary.
20.03 Notice of Award; Effective Date of Award (Effective Date of Agreement): If the Contract
is awarded by Owner, such award shall be effective when the Notice of Award has been
delivered to the successful Bidder (“Effective Date of Award”). The Effective Date of
Agreement is the date the BID/Agreement is signed by the Owner.
20.04 The acknowledgement of the Notice of Award, the submittal of additional requested
materials, the Contractor’s Certifications, and acceptable certificate(s) of insurance and
Performance and Payment Bonds shall be considered Conditions Precedent to the Contract.
20.05 Failure to timely execute or submit any of the Conditions Precedent shall be grounds for the
imposition of liquidated damages. The liquidated Damages will be equal to the Bid Security.
If the submitted documents or any of them fail to comply with these Instructions or
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 12
Supplemental Instructions to Bibbers, Owner may, in its sole discretion, annul the award or
allow the successful Bidder an opportunity to correct the deficiencies.
20.06 In no event will Owner execute the Agreement until any and all such deficiencies have been
cured or Owner has received adequate assurances, as determined by Owner, of complete and
prompt performance.
20.07 Annulment of Award; Liquidated Damages: The failure or refusal of a successful Bidder to
comply with the Conditions Precedent to Closing or to Close shall be just cause for the
annulment of the award and the imposition of liquidated damages.
20.08 Subsequent Awards: Upon annulment of an award, Owner may accept, and award a Contract
based on, any other Bidder’s Proposal as Owner, in its sole judgment, deems to be the best
or may invite new Proposals or may abandon the bidding process or the Work.
ARTICLE 21 – NON-DISCRIMINATION
21.01 Non-Discrimination: Do not discriminate in employment practices.
21.02 Bidders shall, if requested, submit a compliance report concerning their employment
practices and policies in order to maintain their eligibility to receive the award of the contract.
21.03 Successful Bidders shall, if requested, submit a list of all subcontractors who will perform
work on the project and written signed statements from authorized agents of the labor pools
with which they will or may deal for employees on the work, together with supporting
information to the effect that said labor pools’ practices and policies are in conformity with
Equal Employment Opportunity, including latest federal and local policies. Labor pools will
affirmatively cooperate in or offer no hindrance to the recruitment, employment, and equal
treatment of employees seeking employment and performing work under the contract, or a
certification as to what efforts have been made to secure such statements when such agents
or labor pools have failed or refused to furnish same prior to award of the project.
21.04 Successful Bidders shall comply in all respects with the Labor Standards Contract Provisions
regarding non-discrimination on this Project.
21.05 Bidder agrees that in the hiring of employees for the performance of work under this
Agreement or any sub-agreement, neither the Contractor, nor any Subcontractor, nor any
person acting on behalf of either, shall by reason of race, creed, or color, discriminate against
any citizen in the employment of labor or workers who are qualified and available to perform
the work to which the employment relates; nor shall the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, or
any person acting on behalf of either, in any manner discriminate against or intimidate any
employee hired for the performance of work under this Agreement on account of race, creed,
or color.
ARTICLE 22 – NON-COLLUSION
22.01 Collusion between Bidders will be cause for rejection of affected bids and may be cause for
rejection of all bids. Multiple bids submitted by one bidder under the same or different
names, whether as individual, firm, partnership, corporation, profit or non-profit, affiliate, or
association will be cause for rejection of bids. A subcontractor is not a Bidder and he may
submit prices to multiple Bidders.
OAK BROOK - INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 13
ARTICLE 23 – ALTERNATE BIDS OR RESTRICTIONS ON BIDS
23.01 Items that affect the scope of the project and not addressed by addenda will not be accepted
as an alternate bid.
23.02 Alternate bids will automatically be considered non-responsive.
A. Such bids may be examined prior to project award and may result in bid cancellation,
followed by new bids, including the alternate.
B. Discounts to the Owner for payment within a stipulated period of time will not be
considered conditional or qualified bids. Discounts will be accepted, but not considered
in bid price evaluation for bid award.
C. Interest clauses will be considered a qualified bid.
ARTICLE 24 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Owner is exempt from payment of sales and compensating use taxes in the state and of
cities and counties thereof on all materials to be incorporated into the Work.
1. Owner will furnish the required certificates of tax exemption to Contractor for use
in the purchase of supplies and materials to be incorporated into the Work.
2. Owner’s exemption does not apply to construction tools, machinery, equipment,
or other property purchased by or leased by Contractor, or to supplies or materials
not incorporated into the Work.
OAK BROOK – SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS - 1
SECTION 00 20 10
SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS to BIDDERS
1.01 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the time and location indicated in the
Advertisement or Notice to Bidders. Representatives of Owner and Engineer will be
present to discuss the Project. Proposals will not be accepted from Bidders who do not
attend the conference. It is each Bidder’s responsibility to sign in at the pre-bid conference
to verify its participation. Bidders must sign in using the name of the organization that will
be submitting a Bid. A list of qualified Bidders that attended the pre-bid conference and
are eligible to submit a Bid for this Project will be available from DIXON.
A. Information presented at the pre-Bid conference does not alter the Contract
Documents. Owner will issue Addenda to make any changes to the Contract
Documents that result from discussions at the pre-Bid conference. Information
presented, and statements made at the pre-bid conference will not be binding or legally
effective unless incorporated in an Addendum.
1.02 Prevailing wages are required.
1.03 Non-discrimination in Employment is required.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 1
SECTION 00 05 00
BID/AGREEMENT FORM FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
The terms used in this Bid/Agreement Form with initial capital letters have the meanings stated in
the Instructions to Bidders, Supplemental Instructions to Bidders (if applicable), the General
Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.
ARTICLE 1 –BID/AGREEMENT SIGNATURES AND BID
1.01 By signing this Bid Proposal, Contractor acknowledges that this Bid Form becomes an
Agreement upon acceptance and signature of Owner below in Article 2.
1.02 Receipt of Addenda – Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda:
Attach sheet if more rows are needed.
Addendum
Number
Addendum
Date
SIGNATURE -Addendum Received
1.03 Base Bid – Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
including all labor and material, for the following Total price which is the Sum of prices
from the Schedule of Values. Section 00 06 00:
___________________________________________________________$_____________
Lump Sum Prices are based on the Schedule of Values – Section 00 06 00.
Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with the General Conditions and listed in
Schedule of Values.
Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids, and final payment for all Unit Price Bid items will be based
on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents.
Bidder acknowledges that Lump Sum bids are actually itemized bids based on the Schedule
of Values, and further agrees and acknowledges the alternatives and conditions set forth in
the Schedule of Values.
1.04 This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such
longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner.
1.05 Bidder agrees that no less than the prevailing rate of wages as found by Owner or the
Department of Labor or determined by the court on review, shall be paid to all laborers,
workmen, and mechanics performing work under this Contract.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 2
1.06 BIDDER hereby submits this Bid to:
Owner: Village of Oak Brook, Illinois.
Address of Owner: 3003 Jorie Blvd., Oak Brook, IL 60523
Bidder: __________________________________________________
(typed or printed name of organization)
By:
(individual’s signature)
Name:
Title:
Date:
If Bidder is a corporation, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.
Attest:
(individual’s signature)
Name:
Title:
Date:
Address for giving notices:
Bidder’s Contact and Agent for Service or Process:
Name:
Title:
Phone:
Email:
(Email will be used for Electronic Document Transfer Protocol.)
All Business Entities
Date of Qualification to do business in ________________ [State Where Project is Located] is
____\____\____.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 3
ARTICLE 2 – AGREEMENT SIGNATURES
2.01 Owner’s signature as Party to Agreement, Changes Bidder’s Status to Second Party to
Agreement, Contractor.
AGREEMENT: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor has signed this Agreement as Bidder.
Owner has signed Agreement in duplicate and one counterpart each has been delivered to Owner
and Contractor. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by Owner
and Contractor or on their behalf. (a third copy or original has been delivered to DIXON)
This Agreement will be effective on, _____________, ________________ (which is the
Effective Date of the Agreement)
OWNER: _________________________________________________
By: ______________________________________________
Title: _____________________________________________
ARTICLE 3 – BIDDER TO CONTRACTOR
3.01 The above signed Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an
Agreement with Owner by Owner signing above and transforming this Document into a
combined Bid/Agreement Form and:
A. Agrees to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the
prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms
and conditions of the Bidding Documents.
B. Agrees to accept all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders,
including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security.
C. Bidder accepts all the terms and conditions of the combined Bid/Agreement form.
(The Bid/Agreement form is an attempt to shorten the time period between submittal
and award.) Bidder’s signature is an acceptance of all terms of the Bid and Agreement
sections.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 4
ARTICLE 4 – ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID
4.02 The following documents are submitted with and made a condition of this bid:
A. Required bid security, including evidence of authority to do business in the state of the
project; or a written covenant to obtain such authority within the time for acceptance
of bids.
B. Contractor’s license number as evidence of bidder’s state contractor’s license or a
covenant by bidder to obtain said license within the time for acceptance of bids.
C. Bidder qualification statement with supporting data (submitted 10 days prior to bid
opening), unless contractor is prequalified.
ARTICLE 5 – TIME OF COMPLETION
5.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and
Ready for Final Payment in accordance with the General Conditions on or before the dates
or within the number of calendar days indicated in this Bid/ Agreement, or in the Project
Summary.
5.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages, Special damages,
and Set-offs in the event of failure to complete the Work within the Contract Times, or
within Milestone dates or in compliance with the specifications and General Conditions.
ARTICLE 6 – BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
6.01 Bidder’s Representations
A. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents the following:
1. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, including
Addenda.
2. Bidder has visited the Site, conducted a thorough visual examination of the Site and
adjacent areas, and become familiar with the general, local, and Site conditions that
may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Bidder is strongly
encouraged to visit the site prior to the pre-bid meeting.
3. Bidder is familiar with all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and
performance of the Work.
4. Bidder has carefully studied the reports of explorations and tests of subsurface
conditions at or adjacent to the Site and the drawings of physical conditions relating
to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in
the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to the Technical Data in such reports
and drawings, if any.
5. Bidder has carefully studied the reports and drawings relating to Hazardous
Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to Technical Data in such reports
and drawings.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 5
6. Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder itself; information
commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site;
information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding
Documents; and the Technical Data identified in the Supplementary Conditions or
by definition, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and
Technical Data on (a) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (b) the
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be
employed by Bidder, if selected as Contractor; and (c) Bidder’s (Contractor’s)
safety precautions and programs.
7. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph,
Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests,
studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price,
within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions
of the Contract.
8. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others
at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents.
9. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or
discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and of
discrepancies between Site conditions and the Contract Documents, and the written
resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor.
10. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the
Work.
11. The submission of this Bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder
that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon
performing and furnishing the Work in the State required by the Bidding
Documents (Project).
12. Bidder has been prequalified for projects of this design, size, and complexity, or
submitted Qualification forms ten (10) days prior to Bid Opening.
6.02 Bidder’s Certifications
A. The Bidder certifies the following:
1. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed
individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement
or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation.
2. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit
a false or sham Bid.
3. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding.
4. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in
competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph:
a. Corrupt practice means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of anything
of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 6
b. Fraudulent practice means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to
influence the bidding process to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish bid
prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the
benefits of free and open competition.
c. Collusive practice means a scheme or arrangement between two or more
Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to
establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels.
d. Coercive practice means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,
persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process
or affect the execution of the Contract.
6.03 Affirmations of Bidder Transferred to Contractor
A. All references to Bidder in Paragraph 6.01 and 6.02 in these affirmations,
representations, and certifications will change to the term Contractor if this Bid
becomes an Agreement.
ARTICLE 7 – TIME REQUIRED TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT
7.01 Time Framework for Award Execution – The Owner will open bids on the bid date. After
opening, no bid may be withdrawn or altered for sixty days, unless specifically stated
elsewhere. The Owner may negotiate with the low Bidder and mutually both parties may
alter bid (i.e. partial award of project).
The Bidder will be notified of award within sixty days of bid date, unless stated elsewhere
or mutually extended. Notice of Award form will be sent by fax, mail, or email. Within ten
business days of Notice of Award, supply the Engineer with three original sets of separate
Payment, Performance, and Maintenance Bonds. Supply three original sets of Certificates
of Insurance meeting requirements of Supplementary Conditions 6.02 – 6.07. Insurance
companies and insurance forms must be standard to the industry and acceptable to the Owner.
Failure to submit bonds and/or insurance within the time frame will be considered a default,
a failure to perform as required by the Bid Bond. The Owner, at his option, may waive
default, delay default, or proceed with capture of the Bid Bond as liquidated damages which
will become the Owner’s property.
Bonds and insurances are to be submitted to the Engineer for review. The Owner will within
twenty days of receipt of approved bonds and insurances from the Engineer execute the
Agreement and send a signed copy to the Contractor.
The executed copy will be accompanied by three copies of the Notice to Proceed. Within
five days of the date on the Notice to Proceed, the Bidder shall sign the Notice to Proceed
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 7
and return a copy to the Engineer. If the Engineer does not receive the accepted Notice to
Proceed in five days, then the Notice to Proceed will be considered accepted by default.
The Notice to Proceed will be dated on or around the Effective Date of Agreement.
ARTICLE 8 – BID ACCEPTANCE
8.01 Bid Acceptance:
A. The above Bid is accepted by the Owner and shall become a Contract Agreement binding
on all parties after signing by an authorized representative of the Owner in Article 2 of
this Bid/Agreement Form.
B. All references in the second portion of this form are Agreement terminology. Bidder is
now referred to as Contractor. Where appropriate, the term Bidder in the Bid/Agreement
form is changed to Contractor.
ARTICLE 9 – ENGINEER
9.01 The Owner has retained Dixon Engineering, Inc. (DIXON) to act as Owner’s representative,
assume all duties and responsibilities of Engineer, and RPR, and have the rights, limitations
of responsibility, and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract.
ARTICLE 10 – CONTRACT TIMES
10.01 Time is of the Essence
A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and
Readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Project Summary and these Contract
Documents are of the essence of the Contract.
B. The Work shall be Substantially Completed, and completed and ready for Final
Payment on or before the dates or time period as required by the Project Summary 00
00 40.
10.02 Liquidated Damages
A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and
that Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times
specified in the Project Summary 00 00 40, plus any extensions thereof allowed in
accordance with the General Conditions and approved Change Order. The parties
also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or
arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed
on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor
agree that Liquidated Damages are for delay (but not as a penalty) and agree to the
Liquidated Damages listed in the Project Summary 00 00 40.
B. If Milestones are identified in the Project Summary 00 00 40 as essential to the proper
sequencing/or coordination of work with others, or to the successful compliance with
the project Substantial Completion date, Liquidated Damages are identified in the
Project Summary.
C. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Milestones, Substantial Completion,
and final completion are additive, and will be imposed concurrently.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 8
10.03 Special Damages
A. Contractor shall reimburse Owner (1) for any fines or penalties imposed on Owner as
a direct result of the Contractor’s failure to attain Substantial Completion according to
the Contract Times, and (2) for the actual costs reasonably incurred by Owner for
engineering, construction observation, inspection, and administrative services needed
after the time specified in the Project Summary for Substantial Completion (as duly
adjusted pursuant to the Contract), until the Work is substantially complete.
B. After Contractor achieves Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse,
or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Times, Contractor shall
reimburse Owner for the actual costs reasonably incurred by Owner for engineering,
construction observation, and administrative services needed after the time specified
in Paragraph 4.02 for Work to be completed and ready for final payment (as duly
adjusted pursuant to the Contract), and if necessary to hire other Contractors to
complete portions of the Work, until the Work is completed and ready for final
payment.
C. The special damages imposed in this paragraph are supplemental, in addition to, any
liquidated damages for delayed completion established in this Agreement.
ARTICLE 11 – CONTRACT PRICE
11.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined
pursuant to Schedule of Values and this Bid/Agreement.
11.02 As provided in the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and
determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Engineer.
ARTICLE 12 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES
12.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments
A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with the General
Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by DIXON as provided in
the General Conditions.
12.02 Progress Payments; Retainage
A. Owner shall make progress payments on the basis of Contractor’s Applications for
Payment once each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraphs
12.02.A.1 through 12.02.A.7 below, provided that such Applications for Payment
have been submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the requirements of the
Contract. All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established
and by protocol as provided in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price
Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule
of Values, as provided in the General Conditions. The following is a protocol used
for partial completion of an individually listed lump sum item e.g. wet interior
painting. All items may not apply to this Agreement.
1. The wet interior, surface preparation by abrasive blast cleaning will be considered
equal to 40 percent of the line item and each coat of paint 20 percent.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 9
2. The exterior, surface preparation by high pressure cleaning and power tool
cleaning will be considered equal to 40 percent of the line item work and cost and
each full coat of paint 15 percent. The remainder will be for lettering,
demobilization and cleanup.
3. Dry interior painting and repairs will not be broken down. 100 percent
completion is required before they will be considered for payment.
4. Mobilization is included in the surface preparation allotment for the items above.
C. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to
the percentage indicated above but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments
previously made and less such amounts as Engineer may determine or Owner may
withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with the
Contract. Retainage to be held as follows: 10% of the dollar value through 50%
completion; 5% of the dollar value through 100% completion.
D. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total
payments to Contractor to 90 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts set
off by Owner pursuant to the General Conditions, and less 150 percent of Engineer’s
estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the punch list
of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.
12.03 Final Payment, Consent of Surety
A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with the General
Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by
Engineer.
B. Owner reserves the right to not make final payment, or return or release retainage at
Substantial Completion or any other time, unless Contractor submits written consent
of the surety to such payment, return, or release. Determination to require Consent
will be based on the Engineer’s sole decision as to the level of confidence in
Contractor’s Work practices, their payment of employees, certified payrolls (when
required), or the potential of future claims against the Owner or Contractor.
C. Nothing in this Article 12 imposes a requirement on the Contractor to submit once
monthly invoices or statements. This article establishes the Protocol to follow if
requesting Partial Payments. The Contractor, at their option may submit one final
pay request per Article 15 of the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 13 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
13.01 Contents
A. The Contract Documents consist of the following:
1. This Bid/Agreement including Sections 00 00 40 Project Summary and 00 06 00
Schedule of Values.
2. Performance bond.
3. Payment bond.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 10
4. Maintenance (Warranty) bond
5. General Conditions,
6. Supplementary Conditions,
7. Technical Specifications and Drawings (if any) as listed in the table of contents of
the Contract Documents.
8. Addenda as listed on page 1.
9. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows):
a. Illinois – Non-Collusion Affidavit, Contractor Certification, Certification
for Contract, Certificate of Compliance with Section 11-42-.1 of the Illinois
Municipal Code.
10. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and are not attached hereto:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. Work Change Directives.
c. Change Order(s).
d. Field Orders.
B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 13.
C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as
provided in the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 14 - MISCELLANEOUS
14.01 Assignment of Contract
A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will
be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to
be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and
moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent
that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated
to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or
discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents.
14.02 Successors and Assigns
A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal
representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal
representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in
the Contract Documents.
OAK BROOK - BID/AGREEMENT FORM - 11
14.03 Severability
A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable
under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions
shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the
Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof
with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the
intention of the stricken provision.
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
The Bidder is required to execute and submit with his Bid, the Non-Collusion Affidavit:
State of: ________________________________
County of: ________________________________
Bid Identification: _______________________________
CONTRACTOR ________________________________, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that
he is (sole owner, a partner, president, secretary, etc.) of the party making the foregoing BID; that such
BID is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company,
association, organization, or corporation; that such BID is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said
BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a false or sham
BID, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any BIDDER or
anyone else to put in a sham BID, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that said BIDDER has not in
any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication or conference with anyone to fix
the BID price of said BIDDER or of any other BIDDER, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of
such BID price, or that of any other BIDDER, or to secure any advantage against the OWNER awarding
the CONTRACT or anyone interested in the proposed CONTRACT; that all statements contained in such
BID are true; and, further, that said BIDDER has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his BID price or
any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, of divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid
and will not pay any fee in connection therewith, to any corporation, partnership, company, association,
organization, BID depository, or to any member or agent thereof, or to any other individual except to such
person or persons as have a partnership or other financial interest with said BIDDER in his general
business.
Signed:
_______________________________________
Subscribed and sworn to before me this the day of:
________________________________________
Seal of Notary:
________________________________________
CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
______________________________, being first duly sworn on oath, deposes and states that all statements herein
made are made on behalf of Contractor, that this deponent is authorized to make them, and that the statements
contained herein are true and correct.
Contractor deposes, states, and certifies that Contractor is not barred from bidding and/or contracting with a unit of
state or local government as a result of (i) a delinquency in the payment of any tax administered by the Illinois
Department of Revenue unless Contractor is contesting in accordance with the procedures established by the
appropriate Revenue Act, its liability for the tax or the amount of tax, as set forth in 65 ILCS 5/11-42.1-1; or (ii) a
violation of 720 ILCS 5/33E-1 et seq.
Dated this _____________ day of __________________________, 20____.
Attest/Witness:
By: ________________________________________ By: ____________________________________
Title: _______________________________________ Title: __________________________________
Subscribed and sworn to before me this the _____________ day of ______________________________, 20____.
My Commission Expires:
_____________________________________ ________________________________________
Notary Public Seal
CERTIFICATION FOR CONTRACT
The undersigned, as a duly authorized representative of the Contractor, hereby certified to the (Client)
__________________________ Illinois, that the Contractor is fully aware of and able to comply with all Local,
State, and Federal Safety Laws and Regulations applicable for the construction of the Project known as (Project):
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
Name
_______________________________________
Company
_______________________________________
Date
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 11-42-.1
OF THE ILLINOIS MUNICIPAL CODE
The undersigned, upon being first duly sworn, hereby certifies to the (Client) _______________________________,
that ______________________________ (Contractor) is not currently delinquent in the payment of any tax
administered by or owed to the Illinois Department of Revenue, or otherwise in default upon any such tax as defined
under Chapter 24, Section 11-42-.1 Illinois Revised Statutes.
______________________________________
Name of Contractor
______________________________________
By
______________________________________
Title
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ___________ day of _________________________, 20_____.
________________________________________
Notary Public
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULE of VALUES - 1
SECTION 00 06 00
SCHEDULE of VALUES
PART 1
1.01 LINE ITEMS
EAST TANK
A. Bidder agrees to perform all work in the following sections as described in the Contract
Documents, including all labor and material for the following Schedule of Values – Section
05 00 00:
1. TOP PLATFORM MODIFICATION
$
2. OVERFLOW DISCHARGE MODIFICATION
$
3. MUD VALVE
$
TOTAL PRICE SECTION 05 00 00 INCLUDING #1 THROUGH #3:
_____________________________________________________$_________________
B. Bidder agrees to perform all work in the following sections as described in the Contract
Documents, including all labor and material for the following Schedule of Values – Section
09 00 00:
1. EXTERIOR OVERCOAT
$
2. WET INTERIOR REPAINT
$
3. SEAM SEALER
$
4. DRY INTERIOR SPOT REPAINT
$
5. EXTERIOR BOWL – DARK TOPCOAT ALTERNATE
$
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULE of VALUES - 2
6. EXTERIOR BOWL, RISER, AND BASEBELL – DARK TOPCOAT ALTERNATE
$
TOTAL PRICE SECTION 09 00 00 INCLUDING #1 THROUGH #4:
$
C. Bidder agrees to perform all work in the following Sections as described in the Contract
Documents, including all labor and material for the following Schedule of Values – Section
13 00 00:
1. MECHANICAL MIXER
$
EAST TOTAL PRICE SECTION 05 00 00, 09 00 00 AND 13 00 00:
SECTION 05 00 00: $
SECTION 09 00 00: $
SECTION 13 00 00: $
EAST TANK PROJECT TOTAL: $
D. ESTIMATED COST ALREADY INCLUDED IN EXTERIOR AND DRY INTERIOR
PAINTING TO PROTECT AND WORK AROUND ANTENNAS AND CABLES.
OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DELETE THIS AMOUNT IF THE ANTENNAS
AND CABLES ARE REMOVED.
$
WEST TANK
A. Bidder agrees to perform all work in the following sections as described in the Contract
Documents, including all labor and material for the following Schedule of Values – Section
05 00 00:
1. TOP PLATFORM MODIFICATION
$
2. OVERFLOW DISCHARGE MODIFICATION
$
3. MUD VALVE
$
4. SAMPLE TAP
$
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULE of VALUES - 3
5. EXPANSION JOINT REPLACEMENT
$
TOTAL PRICE SECTION 05 00 00 INCLUDING #1 THROUGH #5:
_____________________________________________________$_________________
TOTAL PRICE SECTION 05 00 00 INCLUDING #1 THROUGH #3:
_____________________________________________________$_________________
B. Bidder agrees to perform all work in the following sections as described in the Contract
Documents, including all labor and material for the following Schedule of Values – Section
09 00 00:
1. EXTERIOR OVERCOAT
$
2. WET INTERIOR REPAINT
$
3. SEAM SEALER
$
4. DRY INTERIOR SPOT REPAINT
$
5. EXTERIOR BOWL – DARK TOPCOAT ALTERNATE
$
6. EXTERIOR BOWL, RISER, AND BASEBELL – DARK TOPCOAT ALTERNATE
$
TOTAL PRICE SECTION 09 00 00 INCLUDING #1 THROUGH #4:
$
C. Bidder agrees to perform all work in the following Sections as described in the Contract
Documents, including all labor and material for the following Schedule of Values – Section
13 00 00:
1. MECHANICAL MIXER
$
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULE of VALUES - 4
WEST TANK TOTAL PRICE SECTION 05 00 00, 09 00 00 AND 13 00 00:
SECTION 05 00 00: $
SECTION 09 00 00: $
SECTION 13 00 00: $
WEST TANK PROJECT TOTAL: $
D. ESTIMATED COST ALREADY INCLUDED IN EXTERIOR AND DRY INTERIOR
PAINTING TO PROTECT AND WORK AROUND ANTENNAS AND CABLES.
OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DELETE THIS AMOUNT IF THE ANTENNAS
AND CABLES ARE REMOVED.
$
EAST TANK TOTAL: $
WEST TANK TOTAL: $
PROJECT TOTAL: $
1.02 TOTALS
A. Project Total Base Bid is to match total Base Bid price supplied in Bid/Agreement
form.
1.03 ALTERNATE BIDS
A. Bidders are required to bid on the alternate line items.
1.04 MISTAKES
A. Project Total of Schedule of Values paragraph should equal sum of individual items.
If the addition of individual items does not match total, then each individual item will
be added again and the math corrected.
B. A mistake in addition for schedule items cannot be used to increase lump sum bid. If
Bid correction results in an increased price, then Owner may accept, may request
Bidder to reduce all individual item prices proportionally, or may reject Bid.
C. Mistakes discovered after Award, even after completion will adjust Price downward
only. It is the Contractor/Bidders responsibility to recheck prices prior to Award.
D. A mistake in Schedule of Values may be used as evidence of error in any request to
withdraw bids because of error. Approval of request to withdraw bids is covered in
the Information for Bidders. This section is not intended to conflict any portion of the
bid package. Approval of bid withdrawal will be based solely on the Owner’s
interpretation of the severity of the mistake.
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULE of VALUES - 5
1.05 CHANGES in SCHEDULE of VALUES by OWNER
A. The owner reserves the right to delete any line item of Par. 1.01 adjusted line item;
except for coating work, at their sole discretion for any reason. All contract general
costs (mobilization, demobilization, bonds, etc.) should be evenly distributed over the
coating items which are not subject to deletion.
B. The Bidder/Contractor is advised not to overload any specific deductible line item. It
could result in loss of profit if the overload item is deleted.
C. This deletion of items or not including alternates is an expressly stated reservation (a
contractually agreed automatic negotiation). Any deletion of specific line items will
be completed before selection of the lowest responsible/responsive Bidder. Change
will be reflected in the Notice of Award (NOA).
1.06 NON-DELETABLE WORK BEFORE and AFTER NOA
A. Bidders are advised that all line items except for base bid coating work may be
deleted from the project prior to award. Any deletion of line items, or increase or
decrease in unit cost items deemed necessary after the Notice of Award, will be
completed through the Change Order procedure. Prices used in the Schedule of
Values will be used in the Change Order adjustment.
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
[insert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the “Contractor”) and
[insert surety name and address here:]
, organized and existing under the laws of the State of
_______________ (hereinafter called the “Surety”) are held and firmly bound unto Village of Oak
Brook, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the “Owner”), in
the full and just sum of [insert full contract price here:] $__________________________ for the
payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, the Contractor and the Surety bind
themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents, said amount to include payment of actual costs and damages and for attorneys’
fees, architectural fees, design fees, engineering fees, accounting fees, testing fees, consulting fees,
administrative costs, court costs, interest and any other fees and expenses resulting from or incurred by
reason of the Contractor’s failure to promptly and faithfully perform its contract with the Owner, said
contract being more fully described below, and to include attorneys’ fees, court costs and administrative
and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing performance of the obligation
of the Surety under this bond.
WHEREAS, the Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date
here:] __________________, 201__, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]
______________________________________________________________________” (the
“Contract”), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully
set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the
Contractor shall well, truly, and promptly perform all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions,
and agreements of the Contractor under the contract, including but not limited to the Contractor’s
obligations under the Contract, (1) to provide, perform, and complete at the Work Site and in the manner
specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials,
apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other
means and items necessary for [insert general description of the Work here:]
_________________________________________________________________________________;
(2) to procure and furnish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations
necessary in connection therewith [except as otherwise expressly provided in the Attachment ___ of
the Contract]; (3) to procure and furnish all bonds, certificates, and policies of insurance specified in
the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required
of the Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a
proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by and pursuant to, the
Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the “Work,” whether or not any of the Work enter into and
become component parts of the improvement contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void;
otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications, alterations,
omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner or the
Contractor to the other in or to the terms of said Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings, or
specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner -furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefore shall
in any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of
any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions,
extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by the Contractor or of the Owner’s
termination of the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing paragraph, in no event shall the
obligations of the Surety under this bond in the event of the Contractor’s default be greater than the
obligations of the Contractor under the Contract in the absence of the Contractor default.
In the event of a default or defaults by the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to take
over and complete the Contract on 30 calendar days’ written notice to the Surety, in which event the
Surety shall pay the Owner all costs incurred by the Owner in taking over and completing the Contract.
At its option, the Owner may instead request that the Surety take over and complete the Contract,
in which event the Surety shall take reasonable steps to proceed promptly with completion no later than
30 calendar days after the date on which the Owner notifies the Surety that the Owner wants the Surety
to take over and complete the Contract.
The Owner shall have no obligation to actually incur any expense or correct any deficient
performance of the Contractor to be entitled to receive the proceeds of this bond.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other
than the Owner or the heirs, executors, administrators, or successors of the Owner.
Signed and sealed this _____ day of _______________ 20__.
Attest/Witness: PRINCIPAL
By: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
Title: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
Attest/Witness: SURETY
By: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
Title: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
[insert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the “Contractor”) and
[insert surety name and address here:]
, organized and existing under the laws of the State of
_______________ (hereinafter called the “Surety”) are held and firmly bound unto Village of Oak Brook,
1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the “Owner”), for the use and
benefit of itself and of claimants as hereinafter defined (the “Claimants”) in the full and just sum of [insert
full contract price here:] $_________________________ to be paid to the Owner or the Claimants or the
Owner’s or the Claimant’s assigns, to which payment well and truly to be made the Contractor and the
Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents, said amount to include attorney’s fees, court costs, and administrative
and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing performance of the obligation of
the Surety under this bond.
WHEREAS, the Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date here:]
__________________, 201__, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]
____________________________________________________________________________ (the
“Contract”), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set
forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the
Contractor shall promptly pay or cause to be paid all sums of money that may be due to any Claimant with
respect to the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract: (1) to provide, perform, and complete at the
Work Site and in the manner specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services, transportation,
equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information,
data and other means and items necessary for [insert general description of the Work here:]
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________; (2) to procure and furnish all permits, licenses,
and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith [except as
otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract]; (3) to procure and furnish all Bonds and
all certificates and policies of insurance specified in the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state ,
and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required of the Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide,
perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance
with, and as required by or pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the “Work,”
whether or not any of said Work enter into and become component parts of the improvement contemplated,
then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
For purpose of this bond, a Claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Contractor
or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to provide, perform, or complete any part of the Work.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree that every Claimant that has not
had all just claims for the furnishing of any part of the Work paid in full, including without limitation all
claims for amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, rentals of or service or repairs on machinery,
equipment, and tools consumed or used in connection with the furnishing of any part of the Work, may sue
on this bond for the use of that Claimant, may prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as
may be justly due that Claimant, and may have execution therein; provided, however, that the Owner shall
not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. The provisions of 30 ILCS 550/1
and 2 of the Illinois Compiled Statutes shall be deemed inserted herein, including the time limits within
which notices of claim must be filed and actions brought under this bond.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly agree that the Owner may sue on this bond if the
Owner is held liable to, or voluntarily agrees to pay, any Claimant directly, but nothing in this bond shall
create any duty on the part of the Owner to pay any Claimant.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications,
alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner or
the Contractor to the other in or to the terms of the Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings, or
specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefor shall in
any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of any
and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of
time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by the Contractor or of the Owner’s termination of
the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Signed and sealed this _____ day of _______________ 20__.
Attest/Witness: CONTRACTOR
By: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
Title: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
Attest/Witness: SURETY
By: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
Title: _________________________________ By: _________________________________
SECTION 00 07 00
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
2018 These documents have been modified by DIXON and should no
longer be considered an EJCDC document
Modified and Supplemented by
This document will be known as General Conditions, 2018 edition.
The original document and formatting is the 2013 version of the EJCDC C-700 version of the General
Conditions. DIXON modified these documents because we are a specialized firm in coating and structure
repairs. The original documents are for multiple trade projects and the 2018 is even endorsed by NUCA,
a Utilities and excavating association. Some terms and paragraphs that are not applicable to our industry
were deleted. All Insurance Requirements were moved from Article 6 to SC-Article 6. Other parties are
advised against using these General Conditions as they may not be sufficient for your project.
DIXON then added paragraphs in blue to increase the specificity to our projects. All additions were
Supplemental DIXON Conditions moved to the General Conditions. If they were written by DIXON they
will remain blue. Blue paragraphs are equivalent and will be enforced the same as black paragraphs.
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 – Definitions and Terminology ................................................................................................ 1
1.01 Defined Terms ........................................................................................................................ 1
1.02 Terminology ........................................................................................................................... 6
1.03 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives .................................................................................... 6
1.04 Indemnification Terms ........................................................................................................... 8
ARTICLE 2 – Preliminary Matters ............................................................................................................... 8
2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ....................................................................... 8
2.02 Copies of Documents.............................................................................................................. 9
2.03 Before Starting Construction ................................................................................................. 9
2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ............................ 9
2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ........................................................................................... 10
2.06 Electronic Transmittals ........................................................................................................ 11
ARTICLE 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ............................................................ 14
3.01 Intent .................................................................................................................................... 14
3.02 Reference Standards............................................................................................................. 15
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .............................................................................. 16
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents ............................................................................ 17
3.05 Reuse of Documents ............................................................................................................. 17
ARTICLE 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work ......................................................................... 17
4.01 Commencement of Contract Times ...................................................................................... 17
4.02 Starting the Work ................................................................................................................. 18
4.03 Reference Points N/A .......................................................................................................... 18
4.04 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................ 18
4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress ......................................................................................... 19
ARTICLE 5 – Site; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental ............................... 21
Conditions
5.01 Availability of Lands ............................................................................................................ 21
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................................................................. 21
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .................................................................................... 23
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions....................................................................... 23
5.05 Underground Facilities ........................................................................................................ 25
5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ...................................................................... 25
ARTICLE 6 – Bonds and Insurance ........................................................................................................... 27
6.01 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds (Not Bid Bonds) ..................................... 27
6.02 Insurance—General Provisions ........................................................................................... 29
6.03 Contractor’s Insurance ........................................................................................................ 29
6.04 Builder’s Risk and other Property Insurance ...................................................................... 29
6.05 Property Losses; Subrogation .............................................................................................. 29
6.06 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds ................................................... 29
ARTICLE 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities .............................................................................................. 29
7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction .............................................................. 29
7.02 Supervision and Superintendence ........................................................................................ 30
7.03 Labor; Working Hours ......................................................................................................... 30
7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment ..................................................................................... 30
7.05 “Or Equals” ......................................................................................................................... 31
7.06 Substitutes ............................................................................................................................ 32
7.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ............................................................. 33
7.08 Patent Fees and Royalties .................................................................................................... 35
7.09 Permits ................................................................................................................................. 35
7.10 Taxes .................................................................................................................................... 35
7.11 Laws and Regulations .......................................................................................................... 35
7.12 Record Documents ............................................................................................................... 36
7.13 Safety and Protection ........................................................................................................... 37
7.14 Hazard Communication Programs ...................................................................................... 38
7.15 Emergencies ......................................................................................................................... 38
7.16 Submittals ............................................................................................................................. 39
7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee .................................................................. 42
7.18 Indemnification .................................................................................................................... 43
7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services ........................................................................ 43
ARTICLE 8 – Other Work at the Site......................................................................................................... 44
8.01 Other Work ........................................................................................................................... 44
8.02 Coordination ........................................................................................................................ 44
8.03 Legal Relationships .............................................................................................................. 45
ARTICLE 9 – Owner’s Responsibilities .................................................................................................... 46
9.01 Communications to Contractor ............................................................................................ 46
9.02 Replacement of Resident Project Representative ................................................................. 46
9.03 Furnish Data ........................................................................................................................ 47
9.04 Pay When Due ...................................................................................................................... 47
9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings ......................................................... 47
9.06 Change Orders ..................................................................................................................... 47
9.07 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ........................................................................................ 47
9.08 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities ............................................................................. 47
9.09 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .............................................................. 47
9.10 Safety Programs ................................................................................................................... 47
ARTICLE 10 – Engineer’s Status During Construction ............................................................................. 47
10.01 Owner’s Representative ....................................................................................................... 47
10.02 Visits to Site .......................................................................................................................... 47
10.03 Resident Project Representative .......................................................................................... 48
10.04 Engineer’s Authority ............................................................................................................ 49
10.05 Determinations for Unit Price Work……………………………………………………….49
10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................. 50
10.07 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities ................................................... 50
10.08 Compliance with Safety Program ........................................................................................ 51
ARTICLE 11 –Changes to the Contract .................................................................................................... 51
11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ............................................................ 51
11.02 Change Orders ..................................................................................................................... 51
11.03 Work Change Directives…………………………………………………………………...52
11.04 Field Orders ......................................................................................................................... 52
11.05 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................. 52
11.06 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ..................................................................................... 53
11.07 Change of Contract Price .................................................................................................... 53
11.08 Change of Contract Times ................................................................................................... 54
11.09 Change Proposal .................................................................................................................. 54
11.10 No Notification of Obligation to Surety by Owner ............................................................... 56
ARTICLE 12 – Claims ............................................................................................................................... 56
12.01 Claims .................................................................................................................................. 56
ARTICLE 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work .............................................................. 57
13.01 Cost of the Work ................................................................................................................... 57
13.02 Allowances ........................................................................................................................... 61
13.03 Unit Price Work ................................................................................................................... 62
ARTICLE 14 – Tests, Observations, and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance .................... 62
of Defective Work, Stop Work
14.01 Access to Work ..................................................................................................................... 62
14.02 Tests, Observations, Inspections, and Approvals ................................................................. 62
14.03 Defective Work ..................................................................................................................... 64
14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................................................................................. 64
14.05 Uncovering Work ................................................................................................................. 65
14.06 Owner, Engineer/RPR May Stop the Work .......................................................................... 65
14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work .................................................................................... 66
ARTICLE 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period .................................. 66
15.01 Progress Payments ............................................................................................................... 66
15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ............................................................................................ 70
15.03 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................ 70
15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy .................................................................................................... 71
15.05 Final Inspection ................................................................................................................... 72
15.06 Final Payment ...................................................................................................................... 72
15.07 Waiver of Claims .................................................................................................................. 73
15.08 Correction Period ................................................................................................................ 73
ARTICLE 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ............................................................................... 74
16.01 Owner May Suspend Work ................................................................................................... 74
16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ......................................................................................... 74
16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ............................................................................. 76
16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ............................................................................ 76
ARTICLE 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes ............................................................................................. 76
17.01 Methods and Procedures...................................................................................................... 76
ARTICLE 18 – Miscellaneous .................................................................................................................... 77
18.01 Giving Notice ....................................................................................................................... 77
18.02 Computation of Times .......................................................................................................... 77
18.03 Cumulative Remedies ........................................................................................................... 77
18.04 Limitation of Damages ......................................................................................................... 78
18.05 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................ 78
18.06 Survival of Obligations ........................................................................................................ 78
18.07 Controlling Law ................................................................................................................... 78
18.08 Assignment of Contract ........................................................................................................ 78
18.09 Successors and Assigns ........................................................................................................ 78
18.10 Headings .............................................................................................................................. 78
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 1
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed
with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, will have
the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically
defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references
to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Addenda – Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids
which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed
Contract Documents.
2. Agreement – The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets
forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the
Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents.
3. Application for Payment – The document prepared by Contractor in a form
acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the
Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by
such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
4. Bid – The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth t he
prices for the Work to be performed.
5. Bidder – An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner.
6. Bidding Documents – The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract
Documents, and all Addenda.
7. Bidding Requirements – The Advertisement, Notice, or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and
the Bid with any attachments.
8. Bulletin – If time permits, a Bulletin is issued prior to a Change Order. A Bulletin
is an inquiry of the Contractor of the cost to complete the work described in the
Bulletin. It is intended as the basis of a Change Order if all parties reach
agreement. A Bulletin may be considered as the same as a Change Proposal
except that a Bulletin is generated by the Engineer because it generally requires
specifications and/or drawings to be addressed.
9. Change Order – A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and
authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on
or after the Effective Date of the Contract.
10. Change Proposal – A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in
compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an
adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial
decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or
the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a Set-off
against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 2
11. Claim – (a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly
submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein:
seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an
initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract
Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents;
contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution
of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief
with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a demand or assertion by
Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural
requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change
Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to
address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim.
12. Constituent of Concern – Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), lead based paint (as defined by the HUD/EPA
standard) hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material.
Lead, chrome, and other by-products of paint removal, as well as strippers, new
coatings, and thinners, are to be included in this definition.
13. Contract – The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and
Contractor concerning the Work.
14. Contract Documents – Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which
together comprise the Contract.
15. Contract Price – The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for
completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
16. Contract Times – The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a)
achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete
the Work.
17. Contractor – The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for
performance of the Work.
18. Cost of the Work – See Paragraph 13.01 for definition.
19. Drawings – The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and
character of the Work to be performed by Contractor.
20. Effective Date of the Contract – The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which
the Contract becomes effective.
21. Electronic Document – Any Project-related correspondence, attachments to
correspondence, data, documents, drawings, information, or graphics, including
but not limited to Shop Drawings and other Submittals, that are in an electronic or
digital format.
22. Electronic Means – Electronic mail (email), upload/download from a secure
Project website, or other communications methods that allow: (a) the transmission
or communication of Electronic Documents; (b) the documentation of
transmissions, including sending and receipt; (c) printing of the transmitted
Electronic Document by the recipient; (d) the storage and archiving of the
Electronic Document by sender and recipient; and (e) the use by recipient of the
Electronic Document for purposes permitted by this Contract. Electronic Means
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 3
does not include the use of text messaging, or of Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, or
similar social media services for transmission of Electronic Documents.
23. Engineer – The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. The terms
Engineer, Project Manager, and DIXON are used interchangeable in these
Contract Documents.
24. Field Order – A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes
in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
25. Hazardous Environmental Condition – The presence at the Site of Constituents of
Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons
or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are
necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the
Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws
and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a
Hazardous Environmental Condition.
26. Hold Point – A point in the construction sequence when the Contractor is required
to stop work on that portion of the project until an inspection has been completed.
27. Inspection – is a term which originally applied to both Quality Control
(Contractor’s Responsibility) and Quality Assurance (Engineer’s service). There
will remain some reference to Inspection but all references to Inspection when it
is obviously the Engineer’s service shall be understood to mean Observation,
whether the word is capitalized or not.
28. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations – Any and all applicable laws,
statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, binding decrees and resolutions,
and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts
having jurisdiction.
29. Liens – Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract-related funds,
real property, or personal property.
30. Milestone – A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract
requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time
prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
31. Non-Conformance Report (NCR) – A report written by the Engineer or Resident
Project Representative to document the Contractor’s Work that does not meet
requirements of the specifications or contract, including lack of progress.
32. Notice of Award (NOA) – The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner’s
acceptance of the Bid.
33. Notice to Proceed (NTP) – A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the
date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor
shall start to perform the Work.
34. Observation – Service performed by Engineer as part of their RPR services.
35. Owner – The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding
the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the
Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 4
36. Performance Specifications – Specifications that require the manufacturer or
supplier of equipment, materials, or systems to design, manufacture, deliver, and
install products to achieve specific results under stipulated conditions of operation
and in environments described in applicable Specification Sections.
37. Preconstruction Conference or Meeting – are interchangeable terms.
38. Progress Schedule – A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor,
describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s
plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times.
39. Project – The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers,
contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing,
commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the
Contract Documents is a part.
40. Project Manual – This term is deleted in the 2018 edition.
41. Ready for Final Payment – This term is used to define a time when Liquidated
Damages begin, separate from and in addition to Liquidated damages for failure
to meet Substantial Completion Date. All punchlist items are to be completed,
Site cleaned and restored, and equipment removed within 21 days. Finalize and
submit all paperwork for Final Pay Request within 45 days of Substantial
Completion. Failure to meet 21 day and/or 45 day requirements may individually
trigger the charge of Liquidated Damages.
42. Resident Project Representative (RPR) – The authorized representative of
Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident
Project Representative or “RPR” includes any assistants or field staff of Resident
Project Representative.
43. Samples – Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by
which such portion of the Work will be judged.
44. Set off – A contracted remedy for the Owner for minor Contract breaches by the
Contractor that results in additional and/or unnecessary costs or fees to the
Owner.
45. Schedule of Submittals – A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of
required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer’s review of the
submittals and the performance of related construction activities.
46. Schedule of Values – A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor,
allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used
as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. The Schedule
of Values Form is supplied in the Bidding Documents as Section 00 06 00. This
Schedule is to be submitted with the Bid. Adjustment of Schedule of Values by
Engineer to correct for front loading of bid (without mathematical error) will not
change the total Bid as calculated by completing the Schedule of Values.
47. Shop Drawings – All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data
or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor
and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 5
Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract
Documents.
48. Site – Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by
Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and
easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the
use of Contractor.
49. Specifications (also Technicals or Technical Specifications) – The part of the
Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems,
standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative
requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work.
50. Subcontractor – An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor
for the performance of a part of the Work.
51. Subsubcontractor – An individual or entity having a direct contract with a
Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the work.
52. Submittal – A written or graphic document, prepared by or for Contractor, which
the Contract Documents require Contractor to submit to Engineer, or that is
indicated as a Submittal in the Schedule of Submittals accepted by Engineer.
Submittals may include Shop Drawings and Samples; schedules; product data;
Owner-delegated designs; sustainable design information; information on special
procedures; testing plans; results of tests and evaluations, source quality-control
testing and inspections, and field or Site quality-control testing and inspections;
warranties and certifications; Suppliers’ instructions and reports; records of
delivery of spare parts and tools; operations and maintenance data; Project
photographic documentation; record documents; and other such documents
required by the Contract Documents. Submittals, whether or not approved or
accepted by Engineer, are not Contract Documents. Change Proposals, Change
Orders, Claims, notices, Applications for Payment, and requests for interpretation
or clarification are not Submittals.
53. Substantial Completion – The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof)
has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a
specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract
Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the
purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and
“substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial
Completion thereof. On tank projects, date of substantial completion is the date
the tank is, or would have been returned to service, except for voluntary delay by
Owner. Date of Substantial Completion is after complete cure, disinfection, and
testing.
54. Successful Bidder – The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the
Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions.
55. Supplementary Conditions – The part of the Contract that amends or supplements
these General Conditions. These EJCDC Documents have been rewritten to
merge or relocate Supplemental and General Conditions and are now a product of
Dixon Engineering Inc. and not an EJCDC product. The terms Supplemental
Conditions used in these General Conditions and Project Specific Supplemental
Conditions are to be used interchangeable. Since items such as Insurance change
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 6
with every Project, all items associated with insurance are moved. It is the intent
but not a requirement that these General Conditions remain the same and are only
altered in the Supplemental Conditions.
56. Supplier – A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or
vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a
Subcontractor.
57. Technical Data – Revised
a. Those items, if any, expressly identified as Technical Data in the
Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (1) existing subsurface
conditions at or adjacent to the Site, or existing physical conditions at or
adjacent to the Site including existing surface or subsurface structures
(except Underground Facilities) or (2) Hazardous Environmental Conditions
at the Site.
b. Information and data regarding the presence or location of Underground
Facilities are not intended to be categorized, identified, or defined as
Technical Data.
58. Underground Facilities – All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables,
wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and
any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that
convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other
communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater,
storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. An
abandoned facility or system is not an Underground Facility.
59. Unit Price Work – Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
60. Work – The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the
result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary
to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all
materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services
such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract
Documents.
61. Work Change Directive – A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the
Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer,
ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but, when
used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated
meaning.
1.03 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives:
A. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as
ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise o f
professional judgment by Engineer.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 7
B. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,”
“satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or
determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of
professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general,
the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with
the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The
use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign
to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work,
or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of
Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents.
C. Day:
1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to
the next midnight.
D. Defective:
1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:
a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference
standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment
(unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by
Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or
15.04).
d. All work completed that is rejected by an unresolved non-conformance
report.
E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:
1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or
equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or
equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or
installation and in usable or operable condition.
2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or
equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services,
materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.
3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services,
materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services,
materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.
4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to
specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the
four words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall
furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for
intended use.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 8
F. Contract Price or Contract Times: References to a change in “Contract Price or
Contract Times” or “Contract Times or Contract Price” or similar, indicate that such
change applies to (1) Contract Price, (2) Contract Times, or (3) both Contract Price
and Contract Times, as warranted, even if the term “or both” is not expressed.
G. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a
well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the
Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning.
1.04 Indemnification Terms – Many Articles throughout these General and Supplemental
Conditions include indemnification clauses. In an attempt to shorten these clauses the
following terms replace their definitions but the full definition or meaning remains in
effect. Paragraph SC 7.18 is the general Indemnification requirement. This paragraph
was not shortened because it may be sent whole to the Contractor’s Insurance agent.
A. Owner/Engineer et al – shall replace all or the appropriate portion of the following:
1. Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees,
agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them.
B. Indemnify, Hold Harmless, and/or Defend
1. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold
harmless from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or
equitable.
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance
A. Within ten (10) business days of Notice of Award, supply the Owner with three (3)
original sets of separate Payment, Performance, and Maintenance Bonds. Supply
three (3) original sets of Certificates of Insurance meeting requirements found herein
and with the limits of insurance to be found in the Supplemental General Conditions.
Failure to submit bonds and/or insurance within time frame will be considered a
default, a failure to perform as required by the Bid Bond. The Owner, at his option,
may waive default, delay default, or proceed with capture of the Bid Bond which will
become the Owner’s property.
B. Bonds and insurances are to be submitted to the Engineer for review. The Owner will
within twenty (20) days of receipt of approved bonds and insurances from the
Engineer execute the agreement and send a signed copy to the Contractor.
C. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance See Insurance Information for required limits in
the Supplemental Conditions.
D. Evidence of Owner’s Insurance Owner will not provide Certificate of Insurance to the
Contractor. The Owner will not name Contractor additional insured.
E. Correction Requirements of Bonds and Insurance: Bonds and Certificate of
Insurances that fail the initial review and first subsequent review by a DIXON
contract administrator will be returned to Contractor. All subsequent returns for
insufficient material will be cause for Owner to Setoff DIXON recurring review fees.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 9
Also failure of Bonds and Certificate of Insurance to meet Contract requirements
during review by Owner’s insurance consultant will be cause for Set-off.
2.02 Copies of Documents
A. Owner will furnish the Contractor one signed copy of the Contract Documents.
Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction or
an electronic version will be supplied upon request and at cost.
B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the
Contract, including Drawings and Specifications. Owner shall make such original
printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may
delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer. This is a copy of the
signed document only. The copy to be used for all construction and legal disputes will
have been sent after final design and include all Bid requirements. The Owner will
retain this copy in a sealed, marked envelope in a safe secure location.
2.03 Before Starting Construction
A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (or
as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall
submit to Engineer for timely review:
1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates)
for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any
Milestones specified in the Contract;
2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and
3. Submitted with Bid - a final Schedule of Values for all of the Work which
includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the
Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail
to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such
prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to
each item of Work.
2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives
A. The Engineer may schedule a Preconstruction Conference to be attended by Owner,
Engineer, and Contractor(s). When no organizational meeting is scheduled, the
Contractor, prior to beginning any work, shall meet with the Engineer and review
Project Schedule for the work. Submit Progress Schedule before scheduling
Preconstruction Meeting. Once the Work has started, the Contractor shall carry the
Progress Schedule to completion without delay, making adjustments to Schedule as
Work progresses.
B. Attend a Preconstruction Meeting that may be scheduled by the Owner at a mutually
agreeable time after all contract preconditions and other requirements have been met.
C. A corporate officer or someone with legal authority to obligate the
company/corporation, project manager (if different from officer), and the intended
foreman shall attend. If project foreman does not attend the meeting, it shall be the
Contractor’s responsibility to supply the information discussed at the meeting to the
field foreman.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 10
D. The Owner will be represented by the project contact person, and the Engineer by the
Project Manager or a senior Contract Administrator.
E. Submit all required materials prior to the preconstruction meeting.
F. The Preconstruction Conference will discuss all containment, personal hygiene, and
lead control issues required in this contract and review. Be prepared to commit
designated “competent person(s)” to responsibilities of confined space, scaffold
rigging, lead, etc.
G. At the Preconstruction Conference Owner and Contractor, each party shall designate,
in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to
the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the
authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the
Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party.
H. The Engineer may prepare Preconstruction Conference minutes and send to all
attendees. All parties to the Preconstruction Conference will have five days from the
postmarked, or email dated delivery of the minutes to protest any item of the minutes
in writing. After five days the minutes will be considered not protested and will
become part of the Contract Documents per established Electronic Transmittal
Protocol (See SC Paragraph 2.06).
I. Preconstruction Conference minutes may serve to meet some of the “writing”
requirements of this Article.
2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
A. All schedules are to be submitted prior to the preconstruction meeting. Contractor
shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete
and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until
acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer.
1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly
progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such
acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress
Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere
with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor.
Failure to meet Milestone or significant Progress Schedule dates may be cause
for rejection of prior accepted Progress Schedule and require an additional
Progress meeting and new Progress Schedule to put Project back on an
acceptable schedule, or to revise existing Schedule. Cost of meeting, Owner’s
and Engineer’s time will be considered the responsibility of the Contractor,
subject to Set-off. Exceeding Schedule Milestones would not normally be
cause for rejection of original Schedule.
2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it
provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required
submittals. All Submittals shall be included with the first submittal package
and shall only be submitted by the Contractor and not by Suppliers or
Subcontractors. If certain items cannot be submitted with the package, an
acceptable Schedule of Submittals must be supplied to the Engineer.
3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values (Section 00 06 00 to be completed and
submitted with Bidding Documents) will be acceptable to Engineer as to form
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 11
and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the
component parts of the Work. If the Engineer determines the Schedule of
Values is not acceptable, the Engineer will use the Contractor’s Schedule to
reallocate values. The Engineer’s reallocation will be to maintain sufficient
funds for work completed toward the end of the project to avoid frontloading
values. The Engineer will assign values high enough to bring in another
Contractor to finish work in case of default. The Contractor has five (5) days
to appeal this reallocated Schedule of Values. Pay Requests shall be made
based on the prices in the Schedule of Values as submitted unless adjusted by
the Engineer and in that case the adjusted Schedule of Values. The Schedule
of Values will not be reallocated if the Contractor files only a Final Application
of Payment.
2.06 Electronic Transmittals – See Paragraph SC 2.06
A. The parties shall conform to the following provisions in Paragraphs 2.06.B and
2.06.C, together referred to as the Electronic Documents Protocol (“EDP” or
“Protocol”) for exchange of electronic transmittals. Except as otherwise stated
elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may send, and shall
accept, Electronic Documents transmitted by Electronic Means.
B. Electronic Documents Protocol
Delete paragraphs 2.06.B through 2.06.D from the General Conditions
1. Basic Requirements - Include Project Engineer in this Protocol
a. To the fullest extent practical, the parties agree to and will transmit and
accept Electronic Documents in an electronic or digital format using the
procedures described in this Protocol. Use of the Electronic Documents and
any information contained therein is subject to the requirements of this
Protocol and other provisions of the Contract.
b. The contents of the information in any Electronic Document will be the
responsibility of the transmitting party.
c. Electronic Documents as exchanged by this Protocol may be used in the
same manner as the printed versions of the same documents that are
exchanged using non-electronic format and methods, subject to the same
governing requirements, limitations, and restrictions, set forth in the
Contract Documents.
d. Except as otherwise explicitly stated herein, the terms of this Protocol will
be incorporated into any other agreement or subcontract between a party and
any third party for any portion of the Work on the Project, or any Project-
related services, where that third party is, either directly or indirectly,
required to exchange Electronic Documents with a party or with Engineer.
Nothing herein will modify the requirements of the Contract regarding
communications between and among the parties and their subcontractors
and consultants.
e. When transmitting Electronic Documents, the transmitting party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the
items resulting from the receiving party’s use of software application
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 12
packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those
established in this Protocol.
f. Nothing herein negates any obligation 1) in the Contract to create, provide,
or maintain an original printed record version of Drawings and
Specifications, signed and sealed according to applicable Laws and
Regulations; 2) to comply with any applicable Law or Regulation
governing the signing and sealing of design documents or the signing and
electronic transmission of any other documents; or 3) to comply with the
notice requirements of Paragraph 18.01 of the General Conditions.
2. System Infrastructure for Electronic Document Exchange
a. Each party will provide hardware, operating system(s) software, program
software, internet, e-mail, and large file transfer functions (“System
Infrastructure”) at its own cost and sufficient for complying with the EDP
requirements. With the exception of minimum standards set forth in this
EDP, and any explicit system requirements specified by attachment to this
EDP, it is the obligation of each party to determine, for itself, its own
System Infrastructure.
1) The maximum size of an email attachment for exchange of Electronic
Documents under this EDP is ten (10) MB. Attachments larger than
that may be exchanged using large file transfer functions or physical
media.
2) Each Party assumes full and complete responsibility for any and all of
its own costs, delays, deficiencies, and errors associated with
converting, translating, updating, verifying, licensing, or otherwise
enabling its System Infrastructure, including operating systems and
software, for use with respect to this EDP.
b. Each party is responsible for its own system operations, security, back-up,
archiving, audits, printing resources, and other Information Technology
(“IT”) for maintaining operations of its System Infrastructure during the
Project, including coordination with the party’s individual(s) or entity
responsible for managing its System Infrastructure and capable of
addressing routine communications and other IT issues affecting the
exchange of Electronic Documents.
c. Each party will operate and maintain industry-standard, industry-accepted,
ISO-standard, commercial-grade security software and systems that are
intended to protect the other party from: software viruses and other
malicious software like worms, trojans, adware, malware; data breaches;
loss of confidentiality; and other threats in the transmission to or storage of
information from the other parties, including transmission of Electronic
Documents by physical media such as CD/DVD/flash drive/hard drive. To
the extent that a party maintains and operates such security software and
systems, it shall not be liable to the other party for any breach of system
security.
d. In the case of disputes, conflicts, or modifications to the EDP required to
address issues affecting System Infrastructure, the parties shall
cooperatively resolve the issues; but, failing resolution, the Owner is
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 13
authorized to make and require reasonable and necessary changes to the
EDP to effectuate its original intent. If the changes cause additional cost or
time to Contractor, not reasonably anticipated under the original EDP,
Contractor may seek an adjustment in price or time under the appropriate
process in the Contract.
e. Each party is responsible for its own back-up and archive of documents sent
and received during the term of the contract under this EDP, unless this EDP
establishes a Project document archive, either as part of a mandatory Project
website or other communications protocol, upon which the parties may rely
for document archiving during the specified term of operation of such
Project document archive. Further, each party remains solely responsible for
its own post-Project back-up and archive of Project documents after the term
of the Contract, or after termination of the Project document archive, if one
is established, for as long as required by the Contract and as each party
deems necessary for its own purposes.
f. If a receiving party receives an obviously corrupted, damaged, or unreadable
Electronic Document, the receiving party will advise the sending party of
the incomplete transmission.
g. The parties will bring any non-conforming Electronic Documents into
compliance with the EDP. The parties will attempt to complete a successful
transmission of the Electronic Document or use an alternative delivery
method to complete the communication.
C. Software Requirements for Electronic Document Exchange; Limitations
1. Each party will acquire the software and software licenses necessary to create and
transmit Electronic Documents and to read and to use any Electronic Documents
received from the other party (and if relevant from third parties), using the
software formats required in this section of the EDP.
a. Prior to using any updated version of the software required in this section
for sending Electronic Documents to the other party, the originating party
will first notify and receive concurrence from the other party for use of the
updated version or adjust its transmission to comply with this EDP.
2. The parties agree not to intentionally edit, reverse engineer, de crypt, remove
security or encryption features, or convert to another format for modification
purposes any Electronic Document or information contained therein that was
transmitted in a software data format, including Portable Document Format
(PDF), intended by sender not to be modified, unless the receiving party obtains
the permission of the sending party or is citing or quoting excerpts of the
Electronic Document for Project purposes.
3. Software and data formats for exchange of Electronic Documents will conform to
the following requirements, including software versions, if listed:
Item Electronic Documents Transmittal
Means
Data
Format
Note
(1)
a.1 General communications, transmittal covers, meeting
notices and responses to general information requests for
Email Email
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 14
which there is no specific prescribed form.
a.2 Meeting agendas, meeting minutes, RFI’s and responses to
RFI’s, and Contract forms.
Email w/
Attachment
PDF (2)
a.3 Contactors Submittals (Shop Drawings, “or equal”
requests, substitution requests, documentation
accompanying Sample submittals and other submittals) to
Owner and Engineer, and Owner’s and Engineer’s
responses to Contractor’s Submittals, Shop Drawings,
correspondence, and Applications for Payment.
Email w/
Attachment
PDF
a.4 Correspondence; milestone and final version Submittals of
reports, layouts, Drawings, maps, calculations and
spreadsheets, Specifications, Drawings and other
Submittals from Contractor to Owner or Engineer and for
responses from Engineer and Owner to Contractor
regarding Submittals.
Email w/
Attachment or
LFE
PDF
a.5 Layouts and drawings to be submitted to Owner for future
use and modification.
Email w/
Attachment or
LFE
DWG
a.6 Correspondence, reports and Specifications to be submitted
to Owner for future word processing use and modification.
Email w/
Attachment or
LFE
DOCX
a.7 Spreadsheets and data to be submitted to Owner for future
data processing use and modification.
Email w/
Attachment or
LFE
XLSX
a.8 Database files and data to be submitted to Owner for future
data processing use and modification.
Email w/
Attachment or
LFE
DB
Notes
(1) All exchanges and uses of transmitted data are subject to the appropriate provisions of Contract
Documents.
(2) Transmittal of written notices is governed by Paragraph 18.01 of the General Conditions.
Key
Email Standard Email formats (SMTP). Do not use stationery formatting or other features that impair
legibility of content on screen or in printed copies
LFE Agreed upon Large File Exchange method (FTP, CD, DVD, Cloud Services, storage media)
PDF Portable Document Format readable by Adobe® Acrobat Reader Current Version
DWG Autodesk® AutoCAD .dwg format Version 2013 or later
DOC Microsoft® Word .docx format Version 2013 or later
EXC Microsoft® Excel .xlsx format Version 2013 or later
DB Microsoft® Access .mdb format Version 2013 or later
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding
as if required by all. The Documents shall be given the following preference in order:
1. Addenda.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 15
2. Agreement.
3. Special Conditions, if any.
4. Technical Specifications.
5. Drawings. Figure dimensions shall govern over scaled drawings.
6. Supplemental Conditions.
7. General Conditions.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project
(or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between
the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed
copies derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record
version, the printed record version shall govern. If there is a conflict between written
copies see Paragraph 2.02 B above.
D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether
written or oral.
E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as
provided herein.
F. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable
under any Law or Regulation will be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions
will continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, which agree that
the Contract Documents will be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part
thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to
expressing the intention of the stricken provision.
G. Nothing in the Contract Documents creates:
1. any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor,
Supplier, or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work,
for the benefit of such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; or
2. any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of
any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity,
except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations
1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals,
reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or
association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by
implication, shall mean the standard specification, manual, reference standard,
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the
Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or
code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or
responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors,
consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 16
Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be
effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or
authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of
the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies:
1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before
undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract
Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein,
particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall
promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not
proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an
amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to
Paragraph 11.01.
2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance
of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy
within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any
applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard
specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any
Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing.
Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an
emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an
amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to
Paragraph 11.01.
3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any
conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless
Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. Contractor as Bidder was required to
visit the site. Visible errors in the specifications, such as number of manholes,
pits, etc. including the existence of a clear coat not noted on the exterior will be
the responsibility of the Bidder to report, and will not be the basis of any Change
Order request.
B. Resolving Discrepancies:
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the
provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer
shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy
between such provisions of the Contract Documents and:
b. The provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or
code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically
incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 17
d. The provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of
the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract
Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation).
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents
A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner
shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of
the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or
interpretation—RFIs) or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract
Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial
interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder.
B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification,
interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or
supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer’s written clarification,
interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by
submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim.
C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work
under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings,
Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then
Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is
unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to
agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as
provided in Article 12.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not:
1. Have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings,
Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by
Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such
Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the
Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and
specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or
2. Have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents,
reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner’s express
written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents.
B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of
the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the
Contract Documents for record purposes.
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
4.01 Commencement of Contract Times
A. The contract times are defined in the Project Summary in Section 00 00 40. A
Notice to Proceed will be issued thirty (30) days prior to the start date if time
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 18
permits. An email or verbal notice may be used to give thirty (30) days notice until
all parties can sign the Notice to Proceed.
B. The effective start date will be indicated in the Notice to Proceed. The start date may
exceed sixty (60) days after bid opening. The Contract Dates will be maximum out-
of-service time AND/OR the Project Completion Date. The start date, if noted, may
float to give the Contractor more flexibility with scheduling. Out of Service Date
starts the maximum out of service time. Out of Service Date is the agreed date the
tank or structure was removed from service. If the Contractor delays start so that the
out of service date exceeds the Project Completion Date, the Project Completion
Date becomes Primary and Out of Service Date is no longer applicable. Liquidated
Damages starts then on the Contracted Project Completion Date.
4.02 Starting the Work
A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times
commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date except as
recommended immediately following. Contract time is governed by out-of-service
time. The Contractor is encouraged to deliver equipment to the site prior to Contract
Start. For tanks the site will be available up to two (2) weeks prior to agreed drainage
date. (Out of Service Date)
B. Contractor is also encouraged to rig the structure, complete containment installation,
and complete weld repairs that do not affect the wet interior prior to draining of the
tank. The amount of work completed shall have been approved at the preconstruction
conference. Since the tank is not out of service these dates do not apply against Out
of Service time.
C. Delaying Work start until the next coating season for the convenience of the
Contractor will require Owner to Set-off inflation increased Engineering expenses
and Owner’s costs against Contractor’s Request for Payment.
4.03 Reference Points N/A
4.04 Progress Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with
Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not
result in changing the Contract Times.
2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract
Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11.
B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all
disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed
pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process,
except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise
agree in writing.
C. See Technical Specifications for Scheduling RPR Services Section 00 91 19.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 19
4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress
A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or
interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be
entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price.
Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on
such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within
the Contract Times.
B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times
for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor.
Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a
Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor.
C. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by
unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor,
and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an
equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of
the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s
ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be
Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference
described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give
rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not
limited to the following:
1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and
earthquakes;
2. Abnormal weather conditions: Abnormal weather conditions are defined as
weather conditions that are at variance with the routine or normal weather
conditions. An example of the evaluation procedure and of the required Change
Proposal follows.
a. Project length: 45 days
b. Substantial completion date: June 30th.
c. Start date: May 16th.
d. Three (3) years of data* 2019, 2018, 2017
e. Average number of rain/wind days: 9
f. Actual number rain/wind days**: 12
g. Claim for time extension: 3 days.
*Submit weather history from nearest weather reporting station for three (3)
previous years from the same time period. Submit same data for current year.
Submit formal, but simple Change Proposal (use format above).
**Rain/wind day is a rain or wind day where either rain and/or wind conditions
exceeded safe work conditions or were outside the parameters of good paint
practices. Wind days are winds in excess of 20 mph for over four (4) hours
during normal work hours, and rain days having measurable precipitation.
h. Change Proposal Evaluation: Engineer will evaluate Change Proposal and
make sole determination as to whether days meet criteria. Engineer will
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 20
disallow dates where work could have been completed on the interior;
dates that result from the Contractor’s work practices (i.e. complete wet
interior first and then move to outside). Good weather days not used will
count against Change Proposal.
i. Claimed rain/wind, “weather days” that extend beyond the scheduled
Substantial Completion date or the extended Substantial Completion date,
for whatever reason, will not be awarded. Days past Substantial
Completion and good weather days that were not used because of
sequencing of project work by Contractor will be considered “days within
the control of the Contractor.”
3. Acts or failures to act of utility owners or other third-party entities (other than
those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the
Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and
4. Acts of war or terrorism.
D. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of Contract Times or Contract Price is
limited as follows:
1. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on
the delay, disruption, or interference adversely affecting an activity on the critical
path to completion of the Work, as of the time of the delay, disruption, or
interference.
2. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price for any delay,
disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or
interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Such a concurrent
delay by Contractor shall not preclude an adjustment of Contract Times to which
Contractor is otherwise entitled.
3. Adjustments of Contract Times or Contract Price are subject to the provisions of
Article 11.
E. Each Contractor request or Change Proposal seeking an increase in Contract Times or
Contract Price must be supplemented by supporting data that sets forth in detail the
following:
1. The circumstances that form the basis for the requested adjustment;
2. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference began to
affect the progress of the Work;
3. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference ceased to
affect the progress of the Work;
4. The number of days’ increase in Contract Times claimed as a consequence of
each such cause of delay, disruption, or interference; and
5. The impact on Contract Price, in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph
11.07.
Contractor shall also furnish such additional supporting documentation as Owner or
Engineer may require including, where appropriate, a revised progress schedule
indicating all the activities affected by the delay, disruption, or interference, and an
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 21
explanation of the effect of the delay, disruption, or interference on the critical path to
completion of the Work.
F. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work
resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, and
Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or
not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous
Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5, together with the provisions of
Paragraphs 4.05.D and 4.05.E.
G. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or
progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or
adjacent to the Site.
H. The termination of Work during the winter season because of cold weather shall not
be taken as entitling Contractor to any extension of Contract Time. If approved by
Owner, Liquidated Damages being applied will cease through the winter and will
begin again when the tank is removed from service. New Liquidated Damages are
cumulative with any Liquidated Damages applied for Fall work.
ARTICLE 5 – SITE, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
5.01 Availability of Lands
A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with
which Contractor must comply in performing the Work.
B. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be
required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction
facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to
the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction
easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and
Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other
adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment.
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage
to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to
any other adjacent land or areas, or to improvements, structures, utilities, or
similar facilities located at such adjacent lands or areas and (d) for injuries and
losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided
that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from
other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is
responsible.
2. If a damage; including car/paint damage, or injury reparation demand is made by
the Owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the
Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which
Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 22
remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.13.F, or otherwise; (b) promptly
attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner
or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute
resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws
and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner/Engineer et al, brought by
any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part by, or based upon, Contractor’s performance of the Work, or because of other
actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the
Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from
accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of
such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and
Regulations.
C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site
and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the
Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to
original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract
Documents.
D. Failure to continually maintain site or to immediately clean the Site after a complaint
or at project completion may result in the Owner completing the cleaning by hire or
by the Owner’s forces. All cleaning costs are the responsibility of the Contractor,
they will be collected by payment or Set off.
E. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure
to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor
subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that
will endanger them. Bent rails, ladder rungs, etc. occurring as a result of construction
loading, shall be restored, or negotiated with Owner.
F. The Contractor shall provide adequate signs, barricades, red lights, and watchmen and
take all necessary precautions for the protection of the work and the safety of the
public. All barricades and obstructions shall be protected at night by signal from
sunset-to-sunrise. Barricades shall be of suitable construction and shall be painted to
increase their visibility at night. Suitable warning signs shall be so placed and
illuminated at night as to show in advance where construction, barricades, or detours
exist.
G. The Contractor shall at all times so conduct his work to insure the least obstruction to
traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residences in the vicinity of
the work, and to insure the protection of persons and property in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer. No road or street shall be closed to the public except
with the permission of the Engineer and proper governmental authorities. The
Contractor shall confer with and keep police and fire departments of the municipality
fully informed as to streets or alleys which are to be closed to traffic for construction
purposes. Live fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall be kept accessible to
firefighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 23
Contractor to insure the usability of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all street
gutters, sewer inlets and drainage ditches.
H. The Contractor shall have full charge of the premises and work under construction
until completion and final acceptance of the Work under the Contract except as noted
in the Special Conditions.
I. The Engineer and Owner shall have full access to the Site and Contractor’s personnel
and equipment shall be available to the Owner and Engineer/RPR to expedite
inspections. The Contractor shall be responsible for all injury to work in process of
construction, and for all property or materials stored at the premises that may be
damaged or stolen while the work is in his care, and shall make good all such damage
or loss without expense to the Owner.
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Coating and Repair Work:
1. The coating and repair of steel or concrete structures does not involve reports and
drawings and what can and cannot be considered Technical Data as an excavation
Contract may. All of those General Conditions are deleted.
2. Underground work in the coating industry involves drilling for anchors for
containment systems. The painting of pit piping may also be considered
underground. For this type of Work the Contractor must rely on Utility Locating
Services and not Technical Data from Owner, or in the case of pits, a visual
inspection. Contractor shall notify each utility before digging for anchors or for
any reason. Before starting, call in advance to 811 or as required by the
individual agencies.
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice by Contractor: In Paragraph 5.03 it is stated that based on the type of industry,
the coating industry, that there would be no subsurface Technical data. Since there is
no Technical Data or opinion proffered, it is impossible to have Differing Subsurface
Conditions. But if Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that
is uncovered or revealed at the Site or Underground Facility, either is of an unusual
nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally
recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing the physical conditions or performing any Work in connection
therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and
Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such
condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an
emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so.
B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding
paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the physical condition in question;
determine the necessity of Owner’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with
respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more
of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any
pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to
Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the
subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 24
Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings,
conclusions, and recommendations.
C. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of
Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a
written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or
physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with
such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will
be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and
recommendations, in whole or in part.
D. Early Resumption of Work: If at any time Engineer determines that Work in
connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question may resume prior to
completion of Engineer’s review or Owner’s issuance of its statement to Contractor,
because the condition in question has been adequately documented, and analyzed on a
preliminary basis, then the Engineer may at its discretion instruct Contractor to
resume such Work.
E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments:
1. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on
such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work
within the Contract Times.
2. The Contractor is liable for all subsurface damages, Contractor may be entitled to
an equitable adjustment if an unidentified Underground Facility is located but it
will be determined on a project by project nature, based on what is known, should
have been known or anticipated, since these situations are a rarity.
3. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or
Contract Times with respect to a physical condition if:
a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor
made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract
Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated
contract, or otherwise; or
b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or
revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or
study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor
prior to Contractor’s making such commitment; or
c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A.
d. Rough Surfaces in the Wet Interior: The wet interiors of steel structures are
subject to corrosion. Based on the age of the tank, maintenance history of the
tank, and other factors, the inside of the tank may be pitted. The degree or
severity or extent of this pitting will not be considered a hidden condition. No
claim of extra for blasting or coating application will be accepted or reviewed.
If pit welding or pit filling is completed, that will be done at the bid unit price
or a negotiated price. The Owner and Engineer will determine and authorize
the extent of pit filling. There will likely be as many or more, unfilled pits
than the number authorized for repair. Contractor cannot rely on pit filling to
eliminate some of the application techniques needed for pitted tanks. Back
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 25
rolling of a spray application may be necessary and will be considered Good
Painting Practice and not a Differing Physical Condition.
e. The Contractor is also advised that older tanks may have been previously
blasted and pit filled. The more difficult blasting also does not qualify as a
hidden condition. Reducing blasting requirements and leaving some filler
residue in the pit may be reviewed on a case by case basis.
4. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the
amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or
both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order.
5. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the
amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or
both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written
statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in
question.
5.05 Underground Facilities
A. Contractor’s Responsibilities: See Paragraph 5.04
1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of
any such information or data provided by others; and
2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and
Contractor shall have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing
Underground Facilities at the Site;
b. complying with applicable state and local utility damage prevention Laws
and Regulations;
c. verifying the actual location of those Underground Facilities shown or
indicated in the Contract Documents as being within the area affected by
the Work, by exposing such Underground Facilities during the course of
construction;
d. coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such
Underground Facilities, during construction; and
e. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site,
and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Notice by Contractor: See Paragraph 5.04
5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site
A. There are no known hazardous environmental conditions on-site; for exceptions see D
below. No reports or drawings related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are known to
the Owner or Engineer. There is the possibility of lead in soils or other Constituents of
Concern related to the coating industry from past projects. Contractor shall not be
responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition
encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is
expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work or
eventually identified as being caused or created by the Contractor. (i.e. Contractor spills
thinner and during the cleanup of the thinner, soil containing lead is also removed, then the
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 26
Owner pays only for the cleanup that can be cost differentiating, not a cost sharing
principle.)
B. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports or drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental
Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site;
2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings, and the completeness
of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety
precautions and programs incident thereto;
C. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all
Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers,
or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and
for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition
created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern.
D. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition
whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents
as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom
Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then
Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop
all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except
in an emergency as required by Article 14); Engineer or RPR has full authority to
STOP Work until the Owner/or Engineer are contacted, and (3) notify Owner and
Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall
promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a
qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly
after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to
permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written
notice required by Paragraph 5.06.G. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is
responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner
may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a
Set-off against payments to account for the associated costs. Authority to STOP
Work in this instance is expanded to include potential environmental contamination.
E. If Hazardous Environmental condition is soil related, contractor shall:
1. If Work involves exterior coating removal inside containment, then the soil is
already covered with impermeable tarps and plywood. The ground cover is a
barrier between workers and the contaminated soil, and no further action is
required, except possibly by Owner after Contractor clens up site from this Work
and removes equipment. There shall be no adjustment of Contract Price.
2. If Work involves exterior coating without containment then Contractor shall cover
contaminated soil with impermeable tarps and plywood. Contractor may submit a
Change Proposal for Change in Contract Price per paragraph 11.07 but not
Contract Time.
3. If Work involves interior coating only, then Contractor shall cover contaminated
soil with impermeable tarps and plywood in staging area only. Contractor may
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 27
cover entire site but may only make a Change Proposal for Contract Price for
staging area only.
4. No Change Proposal for Contract Time will be considered with any of the three
above alternates. Par. 5.06.E. 1-3.
F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental
Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits
related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that
such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption
of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be
resumed safely.
G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent,
if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of
such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be
resumed by Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner’s written notice regarding the
resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may
impose a Set-off.
H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work
then Owner may Terminate or Suspend Work per Article 14. If Work is Suspended,
Owner will give Notice as to what further action they may take while the suspension
is in place. Owner may have such plywood barrier installation by Owner’s own
forces or others in accordance with Article 8.
I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify
and hold harmless Owner/Engineer et al, arising out of or relating to the failure to
control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by
Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous
Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is
responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.I shall obligate Contractor to indemnify
any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or
entity’s own negligence.
J. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.06.H do not apply to the presence of Constituents of
Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the
Site.
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
6.01 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds (Not Bid Bonds)
A. Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, each in an amount
at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall
remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until
completion of the correction period specified, whichever is later, except as provided
otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific
provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are
required by these General Conditions or Supplementary Conditions or other specific
provisions of the Contract.
B. Supply a Maintenance (Warranty) Bond for two (2) years at 50% of the contract price
to ensure any repair work required after the one (1) year Post Construction
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 28
observation within thirteen (13) months (unless stated elsewhere) under the
Maintenance Bond.
1. The Post Construction Evaluation will be completed under the Performance Bond.
All required Post Construction repairs shall be completed under the Maintenance
Bond.
2. If repair scheduling is delayed several months for Contractor’s schedule (and
agreed to by the Owner) the Maintenance Bond is extended until all required post
construction repairs are completed.
3. If repair scheduling is delayed several months for Owner’s schedule, then the
Maintenance Bond upon request will be allowed to expire and work will be
performed under a Change Order.
4. Per Technical Specifications, if repairs exceed 10% of any area, then the
Warranty period and Maintenance bond shall be extended until inspection and
repair work if any is completed.
5. The maintenance (warranty) bond must be issued by the same surety that issues
the performance bond required under Paragraph 6.01.A of the General
Conditions.
C. Submittal of Performance, Payment, and Maintenance bonds shall all be Condition
Precedent to Contract award. The Contract will not be signed until all three bonds
are submitted, reviewed and included in the Contract Documents. If for some reason
the Maintenance or any bond is not included, the Contractor is still fully responsible
financially for all assurances a bond would provide. Contractor shall provide Bond
at whatever stage of the Work, the discrepancy of a missing Bond is noted. Owner
retains the right to terminate or suspend the Project per Article 14, until the Bond is
delivered.
D. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided
otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are
named in “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on
Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular
570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety
Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or
attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s
authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective
on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. Use forms
acceptable to AIA Industry Standards, or use forms specifically required by the
Owner. Supply three (3) original signed and properly executed bonds for each type
of bond and documented Power of Attorney for those parties executing Bonds.
E. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly
licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds
in the required amounts. Surety Companies must, in addition to State license, be
incorporated and originating from within the United States. Offshore companies or
internet companies are not acceptable. Supply bonds and insurance from companies
with a Class A- VII rating or better (rating listed in latest edition and by A.M. Best
Co.).
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 29
F. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes
insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where
any part of the Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above,
then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days
after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both
of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above. No Pay
Requests will be accepted until new Bonding is approved as acceptable per Bond
Requirements and Owner’s satisfaction.
G. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor
from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16.
H. Upon written request, Owner will provide a copy of the payment bond to any
Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or
materials used in the performance of the Work.
I. Owner is under no obligation to furnish Surety Co with copies of Bids, Change
Orders, or Project Status updates.
J. Upon request to Contractor from any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or
entity claiming to have furnished labor, services, materials, or equipment used in the
performance of the Work, Contractor shall provide a copy of the payment bond to
such person or entity.
NOTE to OWNER & CONTRACTOR – All paragraphs related to Insurance were moved to
Supplemental Condition, so that project specific and general requirements are in one location.
This was completed with the intention of an aid to the Contractor. The Contractor can now
forward this consolidated section of Insurance Requirements directly to their agent for each
Project.
6.02 Insurance – General Provisions Moved to SC-6.02
6.03 Contractor’s Insurance Moved to SC-6.03
6.04 Builder’s Risk and Other Property Insurance Moved to SC-6.04
6.05 Property Losses; Subrogation Moved to SC-6.05
6.06 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds Moved to SC-6.06
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences,
and procedures of construction.
B. If the Contract Documents note, or Contractor determines, that professional
engineering or other design services are needed to carry out Contractor’s
responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures, or for Site safety, then Contractor shall cause such services to be
provided by a properly licensed design professional, at Contractor’s expense. Such
services are not Owner-delegated professional design services under this Contract,
and neither Owner nor Engineer has any responsibility with respect to (1)
Contractor’s determination of the need for such services, (2) the qualifications or
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 30
licensing of the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor, (3) the
performance of such services, or (4) any errors, omissions, or defects in such services.
7.02 Supervision and Superintendence
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently,
devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be
necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent
resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner
and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances.
C. Resident Superintendent shall be fluent in English to the level of competency to
complete requirements of 7.01.A and 7.02.A. Superintendent shall also be fluent or
have access to a translator for the primary language of the majority of workers.
Degree of fluency to be sufficient so that Superintendent can adequately complete his
duties under 7.01.A.
D. No employee of Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier may be on the Project Site
who cannot be directed by a Superintendent, or translator in regards to work
assignments, safety issues, or who cannot understand safety signage.
7.03 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to lay out the Work
and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at
all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site.
B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and
omissions of Contractor’s employees; of Suppliers and Subcontractors, and their
employees; and of any other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of
the Work, just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions.
C. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or
property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract
Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours,
Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or
any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on
Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner’s written consent, which will
not be unreasonably withheld.
D. The Owner may revoke any written or verbal consent if Contractor’s performance of
the Work completed on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, or before 8 AM or after 5 PM
during weekdays, results in complaints by neighbors.
7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and
assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation,
construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat,
telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and
incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the
Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract
Documents.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 31
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and
new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties
and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of
Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials
and equipment.
C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected,
protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the
applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.
7.05 “Or Equals”
A. The majority of material or equipment furnished under these contracts are coating
related, or fabricated. A coating program has been developed and is maintained by
Engineer. Coatings which have met or exceeded quality and ASTM parameters are
listed in the Technical Specifications. No “or equal” coating products will be
reviewed as “or equal.” Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or
described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the
name of a particular Supplier, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor
furnishing such item as specified.
B. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar
so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an “or
equal” item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or
equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if in the
exercise of reasonable judgement Engineer determines that:
1. it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
2. it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole;
3. it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and
4. it is not objectionable to Owner.
5. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
b. there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract
Times; and
c. it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item
named in the Contract Documents.
C. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed
“or equal” item at Contractor’s expense.
D. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time
to evaluate each “or-equal” request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish
additional data about the proposed “or-equal” item. Engineer will be the sole judge of
acceptability. No “or-equal” item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until
Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an
“or-equal,” which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 32
communication. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative
determination.
E. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal”
request shall result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer’s denial of an “or-
equal” request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal
under any provision of the Contract Documents.
F. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material
or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item,
Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute
pursuant to Paragraph 7.06.
7.06 Substitutes
A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to
be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading
that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the
use of other items of material (excludes coating) or equipment under the
circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests shall be made
before commencement of related construction at the Site.
1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow
Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is
functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor.
Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of
material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor.
2. The requirements for review will be set forth by the Engineer as they decide
appropriate for the specific substitution request.
3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed
substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use.
c. will identify all variations of the proposed substitute item from that
specified, and
d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result
directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not
limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and
claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.
e. Additional information required may consist of completing Engineer’s
vendor checklist, field mock-ups, special samples, pilot testing, or other
special requirements that Engineer determines necessary to assess if the
item of material or equipment proposed is an acceptable substitute to that
named.
B. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable
time to evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from
Owner. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s
review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable
substitute.
C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense
a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 33
D. Reimbursement of Engineer’s Cost: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in
evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer
approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall
reimburse Owner (Set-off) for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each
such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner (Set-off) for the
reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in
the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance
of each proposed substitute.
1. Engineer’s minimum cost for reviewing a substitute will be $400 (2 hrs.
equivalent).
2. Engineer exceeds two hours for review their rate will be $200 per hour.
E. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request,
Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the
substitution. The Engineer’s denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding,
and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract
Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed
under Paragraph 7.06.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal but is liable for fee
regardless of Engineer’s determination.
7.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of
the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. The
Contractor’s retention of a Subcontractor or Supplier for the performance of parts of
the Work will not relieve Contractor’s obligation to Owner to perform and complete
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or
entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the
Contract to do so.
C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor’s Bid or final negotiation of the terms of
the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier,
or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which
Contractor has reasonable objection.
D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit
to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has
already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the
bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection
within five days.
E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other
individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner
also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that
Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection.
If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other
individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in
writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may
subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 34
individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable
objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement
for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity.
F. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of
Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
G. “Subcontracting” – This project requires prequalification. This prequalification
requirement extends to Subcontractors.
H. The Contractor agrees not to sublet or assign this work without the written consent of
the Owner. Violation of this condition shall be grounds for immediate dismissal of
the Subcontractor or Contractor to which the work was sublet or assigned and if a
satisfactory (Engineer’s opinion) replacement is not on the site working within forty-
eight (48) hours, the violations shall then be grounds for Contract termination and
Performance Bond forfeiture.
I. Lump sum payments to employees instead of hourly wage will be evidence of
subcontracting. The Owner reserves the right to review payroll records and pay
stubs. If subcontracting is approved, no more than 30% of the project may be
subcontracted.
J. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and
omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities
performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for
Contractor’s own acts and omissions.
K. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating th e work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of the Work.
L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any
Drawings do not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or
Suppliers, or in delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.
M. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or
entities performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer
or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise
expressly allowed herein.
N. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant
to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or
Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the
benefit of Owner and Engineer.
O. Nothing in the Contract Documents:
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual
or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such
Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the
payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual
or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 35
7.08 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the
use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention,
design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights
held by others.
B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify
and hold harmless Owner/Engineer et al, arising out of or relating to any infringement
of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or
resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.
7.09 Permits
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and
pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner will assist Contractor, when
necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all
governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work
which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or when
Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of
utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work
B. The only permits not included are environmental air quality, and permits from health
agencies for interior painting, which the Owner will procure if needed.
C. Display all wage requirements and other permits on a temporary board, if required by
governmental Agency.
D. Attach to the Resident Superintendent’s copy of the specifications, copies of other
permits which do not require display. See paragraph 7.12 Record Documents.
7.10 Taxes
A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be
paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the
Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work.
7.11 Laws and Regulations
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and
Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise
expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer
shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or
Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason
to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting
costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner/Engineer et al, arising
out of or relating to such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor’s
responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is
in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03.
C. Liability for Noncompliance. Contractor will be solely liable for any fines or civil
penalties that are imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 36
body that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with
Contractor's, or its subcontractors' or suppliers', performance of, or failure to perform,
the Work or any subordinate part.
D. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the
submission of Contractor’s Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound
under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or
time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or
Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added,
consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on
entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price
or Contract Times resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice
Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim.
E. Required Provisions. Every provision of law required by law to be inserted into this
Contract will be deemed to be included in this Contract.
F. Claims or Change Proposals made for extra costs resulting from laws and regulations
that become effective after the opening of Bids or (EDA), will be reviewed based on
the exposure and publication of the law or regulation in advance. There will be no
adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for environmental or safety
regulations, or other laws and regulations with similar public notice and public
hearing/review procedures. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to be aware of
industry specific changes in OSHA or environmental issues.
G. Regulations dealing with labor rates have a known expiration date. Everyone can
safely assume there will be a cost increase with each new issue. If these rates are
scheduled to expire during Contract Time, then increase labor costs in Bid for the
expected manhours by local cost-of-living factor. If rates increase more than cost-of-
living, a Change Order will be reviewed for difference between cost-of-living and
actual inflation adjusted wage of new rate above the adjusted old rate. Copy of
payroll will be used to determine increase in wage only, not associated taxes,
insurance, and benefits. The Contractor is responsible for requesting extra Change
Proposal and supplying documentation establishing extra. All consideration for an
increase ends on Substantial Completion, either original or Change Order extended
date.
H. There will be no considerations given to Change Proposals increase expenses
resulting from changed laws, regulations, or wage rates for Projects extended or
delayed until the next coating season because of Contractor’s failure to adhere to the
Progress Schedule. If delay is at request of Owner, Contractor may submit a Change
Proposal for Contract Price and Contract Time.
7.12 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all
Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field
Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, approved Shop Drawings, and Non-
Conformance Reports. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order
and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record
documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for
reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 37
documents to Engineer, only after written request. Superintendent’s copy including
permits may be digital but shall be available for review.
B. Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational
disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work,
arising out of and in the course of employment on work under the Contract. The
Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of his
plans, appliances, and methods, and for any damage which may result from their
failure or their improper construction, maintenance, or operations. Submit a copy of
all OSHA reportable or recordable injuries or illness, and all OSHA citations relative
to this project at project completion.
7.13 Safety and Protection
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility
does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or
property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety
Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety
of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; all the Work and
materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off
the Site; and other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs,
lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities,
and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement
in the course of construction.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the
safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from
damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such
safety and protection.
C. Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground
Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing
work at or adjacent to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and
shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of
their property or work in progress.
D. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety
programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions may identify any Owner’s safety
programs that are applicable to the Work. Failure to identify specific program does
not relieve the Contractor from safety program adherence requirement. If safety
requirement is for a program not identified in the Supplemental Condition and is
more restrictive than OSHA and it interferes with Contractor’s Methods of Operation
then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal for Contract Time and/or Contract
Price.
E. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of
Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and
representatives must comply while at the Site.
F. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.13.A.1 caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier,
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 38
or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall
be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the
fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer
or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or
negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
directly or indirectly employed by any of them).
G. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until
such time as all the Work is completed.
H. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume
whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill
warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract
Documents.
I. Lead/chrome paint removal, and painting of structures are recognized as very
hazardous work, and it is further recognized that the coating industry has extensive
safety training programs available.
J. Monitor and be responsible for all safety on job site. The Engineer and Owner will
not monitor safety practices and will not assume any responsibility for safety.
K. The Owner and Engineer have historically followed the Contractor’s safety plan
when on the site. There have been occasions where the Contractor’s safety plan ha s
proven inadequate. The specifications may require safety features for the Owner and
Engineer which are now the Contractor’s contractual obligation to provide. These
include such items as safety cables suspended from the roof for inspection of the
interior roof, and safety clips on the bottom of the bowl for fall protection cables.
(Legged tanks only) We encourage the Contractor to modify his fall protection plan
and to provide additional cables and fall protection grabs for his personnel. Items
such as roof railings are provided for the Owner’s safety. Do not rig from the railings
– a separate painter’s rail is provided for rigging.
L. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site
whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the
maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Contractor’s Safety
Representative shall have the authority to supersede Contractor’s foreman and shall
stop work if the Work being completed is in violation of Contractor’s or Owner’s
safety program, or OSHA.
7.14 Hazard Communication Programs
A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of Safety Data Sheets
or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or
exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
7.15 Emergencies
A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property
at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened
damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 39
Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the
Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If
Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of
the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change
Directive or Change Order will be issued.
7.16 Submittals
A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements:
1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have:
a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop
Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the
Contract Documents;
b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements,
materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto;
c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment
offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping,
handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance
of the Work; and
d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s
responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto.
2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor
has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect
to Contractor’s review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the
submittal.
3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any
variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of
the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication
separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the
case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing
submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.
B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop
Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordan ce with the
accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may
require.
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the
Specifications.
b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to
quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and
equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 40
review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph
7.16.C.
2. Samples:
a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the
Specifications.
b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier,
pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and
other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the
submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D.
3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the
Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review
and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and
responsibility of Contractor.
C. Engineer’s Review of Shop Drawings and Samples:
1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in
accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s
review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the
submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the
information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the
Contract Documents.
2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto.
3. Engineer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate
approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
4. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve
Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the
Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of
Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such
variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the
Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation
from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order.
5. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve
Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph
7.16.A and B.
6. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation
from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any
circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes
are included in a Change Order.
7. Neither Engineer’s receipt, review, acceptance nor approval of a Shop Drawing,
Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract
Document.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 41
8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and
commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 7.16.C.4.
D. Resubmittal Procedures:
1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required,
and/or number of new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct
specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by
Engineer on previous submittals.
2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and
accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than two submittals.
Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a third or subsequent
submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and
Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for such time.
Owner may impose a Set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure
reimbursement for such charges.
3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item,
Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review
time, and Owner may impose a Set-off against payments due to Contractor to
secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond
the control of Contractor.
4. All submittals shall be sent to the Engineer as one package (unless a separate
Schedule of Submittals is included and approved by the Engineer). All required
resubmittals are also to be resubmitted as one package and any delinquent
resubmittal must be identified by a new Schedule of Submittals. Failure to
include a Schedule of Submittals for delinquent items will be justification by
Engineer to consider submittal complete. Delinquent items will be considered
reviewed and rejected.
5. The Engineer’s minimum cost for issuing a second request will be $400 (2 hours
equivalent).
6. Engineer’s hourly rate and reviews requiring more than 2 hours will be completed
at the rate of $200/hr.
7. Submit all material to Engineer’s office in Lake Odessa, MI.
E. Submittals Other than Shop Drawings, Samples, and Owner-Delegated Designs
1. The following provisions apply to all Submittals other than Shop Drawings,
Samples, and Owner-delegated designs:
a. Contractor shall submit all such Submittals to the Engineer in accordance
with the Schedule of Submittals and pursuant to the applicable terms of
the Contract Documents.
b. Engineer will provide timely review of all such Submittals in accordance
with the Schedule of Submittals and return such Submittals with a notation
of either Accepted or Not Accepted.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 42
c. Engineer’s review will be only to determine if the Submittal is acceptable
under the requirements of the Contract Documents as to general form and
content of the Submittal.
d. If any such Submittal is not accepted, Contractor shall confer with
Engineer regarding the reason for the non-acceptance, and resubmit an
acceptable document.
F. Owner-delegated Designs: Submittals pursuant to Owner-delegated designs are
governed by the provisions of Paragraph 7.19.
7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance
with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall
be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.
B. Owner’s rights under this warranty and guarantee are in addition to, and are not
limited by, Owner’s rights under the correction period provisions of Paragraph 15.08.
The time in which Owner may enforce its warranty and guarantee rights under this
Paragraph 7.17 is limited only by applicable Laws and Regulations restricting actions
to enforce such rights; provided, however, that after the end of the correction period
under Paragraph 15.08:
1. Owner shall give Contractor written notice of any defective Work within 60 days
of the discovery that such Work is defective; and
2. Such notice will be deemed the start of an event giving rise to a Claim under
Paragraph 12.01.B, such that any related Claim must be brought within 30 days of
the notice.
C. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused
by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than
Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom
Contractor is responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
3. Normal wear and tear does not apply to wet interior coating below the high water
line. After one (1) year, zero (0) failure or deterioration is acceptable.
D. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance
of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, or a release of
Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents, or a release of Owner’s warranty and guarantee rights under this
Paragraph 7.17:
1. observations by Engineer;
2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final
payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any
payment related thereto by Owner;
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 43
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner;
5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal;
6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer;
7. the end of the correction period established in Paragraph 15.08;
8. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or
9. any correction of defective Work by Owner.
E. If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered
into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations
contained in the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor’s
performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract.
7.18 Indemnification Both Paragraphs A and B moved to SG6.07 under the Insurance
Requirements
7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services This Article rewritten for clarity
A. Owner may require Contractor to provide professional design services for a portion of
the Work by express delegation in the Contract Documents. Such delegati on will
specify the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy, and the
Submittals that Contractor must furnish to Engineer with respect to the Owner-
delegated design.
B. Contractor shall cause such Owner-delegated professional design services to be
provided pursuant to the professional standard of care by a properly licensed design
professional, whose signature and seal must appear on all drawings, calculations,
specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such design professional.
Such design professional must issue all certifications of design required by Laws and
Regulations.
C. If a Shop Drawing or other Submittal related to the Owner-delegated design is
prepared by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or others for submittal to Engineer, then
such Shop Drawing or other Submittal must bear the written approval of Contractor’s
design professional when submitted by Contractor to Engineer.
D. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and
completeness of the services, certifications, and approvals performed or provided by
the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor under an Owner-
delegated design, subject to the professional standard of care and the performance and
design criteria stated in the Contract Documents.
E. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.19, Engineer’s review, approval, and other
determinations regarding design drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications,
and other Submittals furnished by Contractor pursuant to an Owner-delegated design
will be only for the following limited purposes:
1. Checking for conformance with the requirements of this Paragraph 7.19;
2. Confirming that Contractor (through its design professionals) has used the
performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents; and
3. Establishing that the design furnished by Contractor is consistent with the design
concept expressed in the Contract Documents.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 44
F. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of performance or design criteria
specified by Owner or Engineer.
G. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable
Laws and Regulations.
ARTICLE 8 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
8.01 Other Work Some of this Article rewritten for clarity
A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner
may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed
by Owner’s employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties.
Owner may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their
utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site.
B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or
through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written
notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance
information regarding the start of any third-party utility work that Owner has
arranged to take place at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such
information to Contractor.
C. Contractor shall afford proper and safe access to the Site to each contractor that
performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if
Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, and provide a reasonable
opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the
execution of such other work.
D. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required
to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly
integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that
Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the
others whose work will be affected.
E. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon
work performed by others, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly
report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work
that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of
Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of
such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for
latent defects and deficiencies in such other work.
F. The provisions of this article are not applicable to work that is performed by third-
party utilities or other third-party entities without a contract with Owner, or that is
performed without having been arranged by Owner. If such work occurs, then any
related delay, disruption, or interference incurred by Contractor is governed by the
provisions of Paragraph 4.05.C.3.
8.02 Coordination
A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or
adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 45
employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the
Site, the following will be provided at the Preconstruction Meeting or provided to
Contractor prior to the start of any such other work:
1. The identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility
for coordination of the activities among the various contractors;
2. An itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and
responsibility; and
3. The extent of such authority and responsibilities.
B. Unless otherwise provided in this Contract, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility for such coordination.
8.03 Legal Relationships
A. If, in the course of performing other work for Owner at or adjacent to the Site, the
Owner’s employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner
that Owner has arranged to perform work, causes damage to the Work or to the
property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or
increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or
inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract
Price or the Contract Times. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph
within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The
entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment will take into account
information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the
Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the
terms of the Contract, and any remedies available to Contractor under Laws or
Regulations concerning utility action or inaction. When applicable, any such
equitable adjustment in Contract Price will be conditioned on Contractor assigning to
Owner all Contractor’s rights against such other contractor or utility owner with
respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the
adjustment. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times or
Contract Price is subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D and 4.05.E.
B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging,
delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or
any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site.
1. If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts,
or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then
Owner may impose a Set-off against payments due Contractor, and assign to such
other contractor or utility owner the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor
with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this Paragraph 8.03.B.
2. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s
employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work,
and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by
Owner as a result of Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary
measures with respect to Owner’s other work. In response to such damage, delay,
disruption, or interference, Owner may impose a Set-off against payments due
Contractor.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 46
C. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other
contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site,
through Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such
impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in
performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other
contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor
shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations
with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by
arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and
hold harmless Owner/Engineer et al arising out of or relating to such damage, delay,
disruption, or interference.
D. If overhead power lines present an unsafe work condition as determined by OSHA,
Owner or Utility; Contractor at his expense and coordination, shall have the Utility
temporarily relocate, move, or cover lines, eliminating the hazard. Contractor will
determine problems with utility lines during his prebid site visit and include
anticipated costs in his bid.
E. Unless stated differently in Contract Documents, protect all antennas, controls,
cables, and associated property of Owner’s or Telecommunication Carrier’s
equipment or material on, in, or near the structure during work. Design construction
procedures to maintain operation of antenna system.
ARTICLE 9 - OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
9.01 Communications to Contractor
A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all
communications to Contractor through Engineer.
9.02 Replacement of Resident Project Representative
A. Owner may at its discretion replace Resident Project Representative (RPR) with
another RPR. The replacement RPR status under the Contract Documents shall be
that of the former RPR.
B. Contractor may request replacement of RPR for failure to perform safely, timely
and /or professionally by submitting a complaint to DIXON that clearly delineates
how the RPR failed to perform. Removal is the discretion of the Engineer or the
Owner. If requested removal is because of disputes with Contractor, Owner may
remove RPR and/or Contractor’s Resident Superintendent. If an RPR is removed,
they will be replaced with another RPR from DIXON.
C. Project Manager may request removal of Resident Superintendent or any crew
member for unprofessional performance and/or confrontational and /or aggressive
attitude.
D. The Contractor’s Safety Representative can be removed but is not relieved of his
responsibilities until a new Safety Representative is on Site. In no situation, even if
only temporary shall the Safety Representative and the Company Superintendent or
Foreman be the same person (paragraph 7.13.L).
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 47
9.03 Furnish Data
A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract
Documents.
9.04 Pay When Due
A. Owner will make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the
Agreement.
9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings
A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Article
5.
9.06 Change Orders
A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11.
9.07 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A. Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set
forth in Paragraph 14.02.B.
9.08 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities
A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be
responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures
of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.09 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental
Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06.
9.10 Safety Programs
A. While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the
specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has
been informed.
B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor.
ARTICLE 10 - ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
10.01 Owner’s Representative
A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties
and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s
representative during construction are set forth in the Engineer/Owner Contract.
10.02 Visits to Site
A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of
construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and
qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the
various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 48
such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in
general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the
Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed
toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations,
Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to
guard Owner against defective Work.
B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s
authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.07.
10.03 Resident Project Representative
A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project
Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the
progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such
Resident Project Representative will be as directed by Engineer, and limitations on
the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.07.
B. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site
who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and
authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided
in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Moved from SC. Verbiage is all EJCDC. The Resident Project Representative
(RPR) will be Engineer's representative at the Site. RPR's dealings in matters
pertaining to the Work in general will be with Engineer and Contractor. RP R's
dealings with Subcontractors will only be through or with the full knowledge or
approval of Contractor. The RPR will:
1. Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with Contractor, such as
preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, job conferences, and other
Project-related meetings (but not including Contractor’s safety meetings), and as
appropriate prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof.
2. Safety Compliance: Comply with Site safety programs, as they apply to RPR, and
if required to do so by such safety programs, receive safety training specifically
related to RPR’s own personal safety while at the Site. If Contractor requires
safety training exceeds Industry Standard, as determined solely by Engineer, then
all training cost including RPR fees for their time, are the responsibility of the
Contractor, and are subject to Set-off protocol.
3. Liaison
a. Serve as Engineer’s liaison with Contractor. Working principally through
Contractor’s authorized representative or designee, assist in providing
information regarding the provisions and intent of the Contract
Documents.
b. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner’s liaison with Contractor when
Contractor’s operations affect Owner’s on-Site operations.
c. Assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when
required for Contractor’s proper execution of the Work.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 49
4. Review of Work; Defective Work
a. Conduct on-Site observations of the Work to assist Engineer in
determining, to the extent set forth in Paragraph 10.02, if the Work is in
general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
b. Observe whether any Work in place appears to be defective.
c. Observe whether any Work in place should be uncovered for observation,
or requires special testing, inspection or approval.
5. Payment Requests: Review Applications for Payment with Contractor.
6. Completion
a. Participate in Engineer’s visits regarding Substantial Completion.
b. Assist in the preparation of a punch list of items to be completed or
corrected.
c. Participate in Engineer’s visit to the Site in the company of Owner and
Contractor regarding completion of the Work, and prepare a final punch
list of items to be completed or corrected by Contractor.
d. Observe whether items on the final punch list have been completed or
corrected.
D. The RPR will not:
1. Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials
or equipment (including “or-equal” items).
2. Exceed limitations of Engineer’s authority as set forth in the Contract Documents.
3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractors, or Suppliers.
4. Advise on, issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction.
5. Advise on, issue directions regarding, or assume control over security or safety
practices, precautions, and programs in connection with the activities or
operations of Owner or Contractor.
6. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted off-site
by others except as specifically authorized by Engineer.
7. Authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part.
10.04 Engineer’s Authority
A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14.
B. Engineer’s authority as to Submittals is set forth in Paragraph 7.16.
C. Engineer’s authority as to design drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications
and other Submittals from Contractor in response to Owner’s delegation (if any) to
Contractor of professional design services, is set forth in Paragraph 7.19.
D. Engineer’s authority as to changes in the Work is set forth in Article 11.
E. Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 50
F. Engineer/RPR shall have the authority to stop Work in the event continuation of
Work is under a noncompliance situation, such as incomplete containment; which
may result in the violation of environmental laws, or which may result in the
covering of defective or unaccepted work product. Authority to continue Work
Stoppage transfers back to the Owner after the Owner has been notified and returns
to the Site.
10.05 Determinations for Unit Price Work
A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work
performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03.
10.06 Determinations on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract
Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific
procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and
acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not
show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor,
or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments
conducted or rendered in good faith.
10.07 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities
A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other
provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to
exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise,
or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, will create, impose, or
give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor,
any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for,
or employee or agent of any of them.
B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible
for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any plan or method
of accomplishing the work suggested to the Contractor by the Engineer or other
representative of the Owner, but not specified or required, may b e used but shall be
used at the Contractor’s own risk and responsibility. The Owner and Engineer
assume no responsibility.
C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of
the Work.
D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees,
bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation
required to be delivered by Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally
that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with
the Contract Documents.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 51
E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.07
shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any.
10.08 Compliance with Safety Program
A. While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives will comply with the
specific applicable requirements of Owner’s and Contractor’s safety programs (if
any) of which Engineer has been informed.
ARTICLE 11 --CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT (RETITLED)
11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a
Work Change Directive, or a Field Order.
B. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set
forth in a Change Order.
All changes to the Contract that involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the
Work, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or
(3) other engineering or technical matters, must be supported by Engineer’s
recommendation. Owner and Contractor may amend other terms and conditions of the
Contract without the recommendation of the Engineer. A Change Order also may be
used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not
affect the Contract Price or Contract Times.
11.02 Change Orders
A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering:
1. Changes in Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties,
including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in
accordance with a Work Change Directive;
2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has
duly contested such set-off;
3. Changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph
11.05, (b) required because of Owner’s acceptance of defective Work under
Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07,
or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer’s recommendation
if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings,
Specifications, or otherwise) or other engineering or technical matters; and
4. Changes that embody the substance of any final and binding results under:
Paragraph 11.03.B, resolving the impact of a Work Change Directive; Paragraph
11.09, concerning Change Proposals; Article 12, Claims; Paragraph 13.02.D, final
adjustments resulting from allowances; Paragraph 13.03.D, final adjustments
relating to determination of quantities for Unit Price Work; and similar
provisions.
B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be
executed under the terms of Paragraph 11.02.A, it will be deemed to be of full fo rce
and effect, as if fully executed.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 52
C. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a price for Change Order work, do
not proceed with Work unless ordered in writing by the Engineer or Owner as a Work
Change Directive.
D. If work involved is not essential to the scope of the project and/or there is sufficient
time, a Bulletin will be issued and recommended by the Engineer. The Bulletin will
request a price for proposed work, and/or any adjustment in Contract Times. If the
price as offered or as later negotiated is acceptable, the Bulletin will become the basis
of the Change Order. By Owner acceptance and signing, the Bulletin offered by the
Contractor may become a combined document: Bulletin #___/Change Order #___, or
a new separate Change Order may be prepared.
11.03 Work Change Directives:
A. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times
but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by
a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change
Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive’s effect,
if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if negotiations are unsuccessful,
by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing
adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.07 regarding change of Contract
Price.
B. If Owner has issued a Work Change Directive and:
1. Contractor believes that an adjustment in Contract Times or Contract Price is
necessary, then Contractor shall submit any Change Proposal seeking an
adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30
days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive.
2. Owner believes that an adjustment in Contract Time or Contract Price is
necessary, then Owner shall submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the
Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 60 days after issuance
of the Work Change Directive.
11.04 Field Orders:
A. Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the
design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the
Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be
binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved
promptly.
B. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price
or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor
shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein.
C. A Field Order is written by the Engineer and issued to the Contractor, copied to
Owner. If the Contractor, or Owner does not object to the Field Order within three
days of issuance and delivery, the Field Order will be deemed in full force and effect.
11.05 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at
any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 53
Changes involving the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or
otherwise) or other engineering or technical matters will be supported by Engineer’s
recommendation.
B. Such changes in the Work may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and
Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or
Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document,
Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a
deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such
deleted Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents.
C. Nothing in paragraph 11.05 shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that
Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with
Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and
Regulations.
11.06 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of
the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the
Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of
an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15.
11.07 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal
for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph
11.09. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the
provisions of Article 12.
B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows:
1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items
involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or
2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an
allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph
11.04.C.7 or
3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on
the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01)
plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in
Paragraph 11.07.C).
C. Contractor’s Fee: When applicable, the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall
be determined as follows:
1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of
the various portions of the Cost of the Work:
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 54
a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2, the
Contractor’s fee shall be 10 percent;
b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be
five percent;
c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the
Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs
11.04.C.2.a and 11.04.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee shall be based on:
(1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1
and 13.01.A.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at
whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any
Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually
performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the amount (fee plus
underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier
Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work
the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27
percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs
the work;
d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs
13.01.B.4, 13.01.B.5, and 13.01.C;
e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net
decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal
to five percent of such net decrease; and
f. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change or
Change Proposal, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee will be computed by
determining the sum of the costs in each of the cost categories in
Paragraph 13.01.B (specifically, payroll costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.1;
incorporated materials and equipment costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.2;
Subcontract costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.3; special consultants costs,
Paragraph 13.01.B.4; and other costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.5) and applying
to each such cost category sum the appropriate fee from Paragraphs
11.07.C.2.a through 11.07.C.2.e, inclusive.
11.08 Change of Contract Times
A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal
for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of
Paragraph 11.05. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply
with the provisions of Article 12.
B. Delay, disruption, and interference in the Work, and any related changes in Contract
Times, are addressed in and governed by Paragraph 4.05
C. A delay from one season to the next (Fall to Spring) may only be changed by Change
Order. All additional charges resulting from the delay will be treated as a Set-off to
the Contract Price.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 55
11.09 Change Proposal
A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in
the Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer
concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the
acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; challenge a set-off against
payment due; or seek other relief under the Contract. The Change Proposal shall
specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, or other
proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed change, with citations to any
governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. Each Change
Proposal will address only one issue, or a set of closely related issues.
B. Change Proposal Procedures
1. Submittal: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer within 30
days after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision.
2. Supporting Data: The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the
proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and
Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal.
a. Change Proposals based on or related to delay, interruption, or
interference must comply with the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D and
4.05.E.
b. Change proposals related to a change of Contract Price must include full
and detailed accounts of materials incorporated into the Work and labor
and equipment used for the subject Work.
The supporting data must be accompanied by a written statement that the
supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price
adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a
result of said event.
3. Engineer’s Initial Review: Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change
Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the
Change Proposal. If in its discretion Engineer concludes that additional
supporting data is needed before conducting a full review and making a decision
regarding the Change Proposal, then Engineer may request that Contractor submit
such additional supporting data by a date specified by Engineer, prior to Engineer
beginning its full review of the Change Proposal.
4. Engineer’s Full Review and Action on the Change Proposal: Upon receipt of
Contractor’s supporting data (including any additional data requested by
Engineer), Engineer will conduct a full review of each Change Proposal and,
within 30 days after such receipt of the Contractor’s supporting data, either
approve the Change Proposal in whole, deny it in whole, or approve it in part and
deny it in part. Such actions must be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner
and Contractor.
If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days, then
either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other
party indicating that as a result of Engineer’s inaction the Change Proposal is
deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under
Article 12.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 56
5. Binding Decision: Engineer’s decision is final and binding upon Owner and
Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim
under Article 12.
C. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the
design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of
the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the
parties in writing that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For
purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice will be deemed
a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12.
D. Post-Completion: Contractor shall not submit any Change Proposals after Engineer
issues a written recommendation of final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06.B.
11.10 No Notification of Obligation to Surety by Owner
A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change
affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any
such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond
will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change
B. Acceptance of Bonds tendered by Contractor to Owner neither creates nor does
Owner accept any and all obligations that the Bonding Company may attempt to
transfer to Owner even if specified by Bonding Company as a Condition of the Bond.
The Contractor is advised he will be assuming any responsibility that the Contractor’s
Surety tries to impose on the Owner.
ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS
12.01 Claims
A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be
submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article:
1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer’s decisions regarding Change
Proposals;
2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other
relief under the Contract Documents; and
3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the
design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the
acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters.
4. Subject to the waiver provisions of Paragraph 15.07, any dispute arising after
Engineer has issued a written recommendation of final payment pursuant to
Paragraph 15.06.B.
B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other
party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the
event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30
days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a
copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a
Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by
Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, or both,
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 57
Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data
are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief
the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full and fair amount to
which Contractor is entitled.
C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly,
giving full consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim
through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend
the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim
shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer.
D. Mediation:
1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree
to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the
Claim submittal and response process.
2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such
agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation
process, and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date
of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the
dispute, the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of
the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator.
3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs.
E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies
it in part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action
the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of
disputes.
F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving
the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the
receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner
or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating
that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the
time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless
within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article
17 for the final resolution of disputes.
G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim,
whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise;
or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions
become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim
shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract,
including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price.
ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK
13.01 Cost of the Work
A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means
the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as
further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two
distinct purposes:
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 58
1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the
Contract Price, under cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms;
or
2. When needed to determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim,
set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such
adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled
only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the
Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment.
B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs
included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing
in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph
13.01.C, and shall include only the following items:
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance
of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and
Contractor in advance of the subject Work. Such employees include, without
limitation, superintendents, foremen, safety managers, safety representatives, and
other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not
employed full time on the Work will be apportioned on the basis of their time
spent on the Work. Payroll costs include, but are not limited to, salaries and
wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and
retirement benefits, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday,
Sunday, or legal holidays, will be included in the above to the extent authorized
by Owner.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work,
including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services
required in connection therewith.
3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by
Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids
from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such
bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids,
if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to
be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of
the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of
the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01.
4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects,
testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services
specifically related to the Work.
5. Other costs consisting of the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence
expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties
connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 59
Site, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less
market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the
property of Contractor.
1) In establishing included costs for materials such as scaffolding,
plating, or sheeting, consideration will be given to the actual or the
estimated life of the material for use on other projects; or rental
rates may be established on the basis of purchase or salvage value
of such items, whichever is less. Contractor will not be eligible for
compensation for such items in an amount that exceeds the
purchase cost of such item.
c. Construction Equipment Rental
2) Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts
thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance
with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of
Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading,
assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be
in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental
of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the
use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
d. Costs for equipment and machinery owned by Contractor or a Contractor-
related entity will be paid at a rate shown for such equipment in the
equipment rental rate book. An hourly rate will be computed by dividing
the monthly rates by 176. These computed rates will include all operating
costs.
e. With respect to Work that is the result of a Change Order, Change
Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price (“changed
Work”), included costs will be based on the time the equipment or
machinery is in use on the changed Work and the costs of transportation,
loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal when directly
attributable to the changed Work. The cost of any such equipment or
machinery, or parts thereof, must cease to accrue when the use thereof is
no longer necessary for the changed Work.
f. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for
which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations.
g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them
or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and
fees for permits and licenses.
h. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the
Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by
Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses
and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance
established in accordance with Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and
damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of
Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 60
shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of
Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the
Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee.
i. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
j. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and
courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.
k. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is
required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.
C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following
items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives,
principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety
managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants,
purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other
personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal
or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically
included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in
Paragraph 13.01.B.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.B.4. The payroll
costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative
costs covered by the Contractor’s fee.
2. The cost of purchasing, renting, or furnishing small tools and hand tools. For
purposes of this paragraph, “small tools and hand tools” means any tool or
equipment whose current price if it were purchased new at retail would be less
than $500.
3. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s
office at the Site.
4. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s
capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent
payments.
5. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly
or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be
liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of
materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to
property.
6. Expenses incurred in preparing and advancing Claims.
7. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not
specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.B.
D. Contractor’s Fee
1. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus-a-fee, then:
a) Contractor’s fee for the Work set forth in the Contract Documents as of
the Effective Date of the Contract will be determined as set forth in the
Agreement.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 61
b) for any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-
off, or other adjustment in Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work,
Contractor’s fee will be determined as follows:
c) When the fee for the Work as a whole is a percentage of the Cost of the
Work, the fee will automatically adjust as the Cost of the Work changes.
d) When the fee for the Work as a whole is a fixed fee, the fee for any
additions or deletions will be determined in accordance with Paragraph
11.07.C.2.
2. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of a stipulated sum, or any
other basis other than cost-plus-a-fee, then Contractor’s fee for any Work covered
by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in
Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work will be determined in accordance
with Paragraph 11.07.C.2.Contractor’s Fee:
E. Documentation and Audit: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be
determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor and pertinent Subcontractors will
establish and maintain records of the costs in accordance with generally accepted
accounting practices. Subject to prior written notice, Owner will be afforded
reasonable access, during normal business hours, to all Contractor’s accounts,
records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers,
memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and Contractor’s fee.
Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of three years after the final
payment by Owner. Pertinent Subcontractors will afford such access to Owner, and
preserve such documents, to the same extent required of Contractor.
13.02 Allowances
A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so
named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be
performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to
Owner and Engineer.
B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that:
1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade
discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered
at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and
2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation,
overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have
been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for
additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.
C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for
the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs.
D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended
by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by
allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 62
13.03 Unit Price Work
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price
Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work
an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of
Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the
Agreement.
B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are
solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract
Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities.
The Schedule of Values may refer to unknown quantities as “Estimated Figures.”
1. Change proposals submitted because of reduction of over 25% of estimated
quantity of pit filling, or pit sealing, or roof seam sealing will be limited to
reasonable (<25% cost of material) material restocking charge.
2. Change proposals submitted because of reduction of over 25% of estimated
quantity of pit welding, seam welding, or repairs will not be accepted if
mobilization of welder for other repairs was required. Claims for reduction where
repair was limited to reduced item will be limited to remaining percentage of
mobilization costs.
C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be
adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified
item.
D. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work
performed by Contractor. Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and
binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more
accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of the following
paragraph.
ARTICLE 14 – TESTS, OBSERVATIONS, AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK, STOP WORK
14.01 Access to Work
A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner,
independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction will have access
to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and
testing. Contractor shall provide the Owner and Engineer and Resident Project
Representative, proper and safe conditions and equipment for such access and advise
them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply
therewith as applicable. Reasonable times means at times that would not burden the
Contractor with an entire workforce, waiting to go back to work. Between job
functions, at scheduled times, or Contractor breaks are reasonable times.
14.02 Tests, Observations, Inspections, and Approvals
A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific
parts thereof) for all required observations, required inspections, and tests by others
and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required
inspections and tests.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 63
B. Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector (RPR), testing
laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests
expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner,
except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work
shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05.
C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or
part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other
representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in
connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or
approval.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all
inspections and tests required:
1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate
responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner;
2. to attain Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work;
3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents;
4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other
equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and
5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval
prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors, testing
laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and
Engineer.
E. Correction of Failed Inspections, Non-Conformance Reports
1. Non-Conformance Reports (NCR): The Engineer/RPR will issue a Non-
Conformance Report for every performance item, material, or equipment
supplied, and/or environmental situation that fails to meet requirements of the
specifications.
2. Correct all work in Non-conformance before proceeding.
3. Immediately correct all environmental non-conformance to prevent accidents or
environmental incidents. If an incident has already occurred, contact the proper
governmental environmental agency and conduct an immediate clean-up per their
direction. Notify Engineer/RPR of environmental release and of the
environmental agency’s requirements for cleanup.
4. If issued non-conformance reports are not corrected, the failure will be considered
a breach of contract by the Contractor entitling the Owner to damages as follows,
items listed in Paragraph 14.02.E.4.b will be treated as Set off:
a. Work in non-conformance: If the Contractor refuses to correct, the
bonding company will be notified to finish the project. At that point,
payment to the Contractor for all completed work will stop until the
bonding company authorizes payment, or payment may be made to the
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 64
bonding company after they have proven assumption of the contract. This
clause does not give either party rights to a greater payment than detailed
elsewhere in these documents.
b. Equipment specified but never supplied, or broken equipment not repaired
or replaced: 125% of the rental value of equipment in non-conformance
(i.e. non-working decontamination trailer, hand wash facilities, air
filtration units, etc.). Environmental issues: 125% of the estimate of
compliance. *The cost of items 4.a. above is calculated by damage
estimates. The cost of equipment will be the rental charge from a
reputable local dealer with 35% extra, being for operation cost. Cost of
environmental compliance is the estimated cost of compliance. In no
situation will the Owner assume liability.
F. Costs of failed observations as defined in the Technical Specifications, are the
responsibility of the Contractor. Owner will pay Engineer and recover costs by Set-
off to the Contractor.
G. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by
Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall
assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals.
H. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is
covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if
requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering shall be
at Contractor’s expense. (See Hold Points in Specifications.)
14.03 Defective Work
A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not
defective.
B. Engineer’s Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is
defective, and to reject defective Work.
C. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer
has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor.
D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of
defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not
fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work,
remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. With
coatings it is recognized that removing topcoat will damage underlying coats. Repair
and recoat per directive of Engineer.
E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take
no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and
guarantee, if any, on said Work.
F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement
obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs,
losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not
limited to the cost of the observation and/or inspection, testing, correction, removal,
replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by
governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 65
replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment,
if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs,
losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a
reasonable Set-off against payments due under Article 15.
14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work
A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work,
Owner prefers to accept defective Work, Owner may do so (subject, if such
acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer’s confirmation that such
acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering
principles and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs,
losses, and damages attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept
such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness),
and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by
Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary
revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in
a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract
Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a
reasonable Set-off against payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of
defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate
amount to Owner.
14.05 Uncovering Work
A. Engineer has the authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work,
whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.
B. If any Work is covered contrary to the request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if
requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer’s observation, and then
replace the coating, all at Contractor’s expense.
C. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall
uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing
as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all
necessary labor, material, and equipment.
1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible
for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor’s full discharge of this
responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable Set-off against
payments due under Article 15.
2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an
increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both,
directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
testing. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then
Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination
that the Work is not defective.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 66
D. Article 14.05 will be used only where applicable, such as insulation over fill pipe,
work that can be viewed after it is uncovered. These paragraphs do not apply to
coating because “uncovering” the topcoat will subsequently damage the underlying
coatings. With coating removal, all work will be considered defective and Paragraph
Article 14.05.C.1 shall apply. Article 14.05.C.2 shall not be used with coating
removal.
14.06 Owner, Engineer/RPR May Stop the Work
A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or
suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the
completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order
Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has
been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or
employee or agent of any of them.
B. Engineer/RPR may stop work if continued Work would result in the Contractor
covering defective Work, or if continued operations will result in an environmental
incident. Engineer/RPR’s authority to stop Work ceases after notification of Owner
and sufficient time for Owner to issue directives or to appear on site. (See14.06 A)
14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to
correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by
Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract
Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or
remedy any such deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall
proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner
may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of
the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the
Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid
Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s
representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and
Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and
remedies under this paragraph.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising
the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor
as Set-offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and
damages will include but not be limited to all Engineer’s fees and Owner’s expenses,
costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction,
removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any
delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of
Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 67
ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION;
CORRECTION PERIOD
15.01 Progress Payments
A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in
Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a
form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on
account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during
the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress
payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by
Contractor during the pay period.
B. Applications for Payments: Contractor is not required to apply for monthly
payments. If they choose they may submit a final pay request only. If they want
interim payment then the protocol of paragraph 15.01 shall be followed.
1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress
payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to
Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by
Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents.
2. Engineer will consider that material stored on-site has no value until properly
applied. Engineer will not recommend payment for materials in storage.
3. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall
include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments
received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge
Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for
Payment.
4. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated
in the Agreement.4.
C. Review of Applications:
1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment,
including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of
payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to
Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend
payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application.
2. If Contractor fails to submit required documentation material with application for
payment, Engineer will notify Contractor of missing documents. If after second
submittal material is still missing, Engineer may submit pay application to Owner
withholding all moneys relative to missing data, or to contact Contractor again.
Contractor is responsible for all increased engineering costs to the Owner as a
Set-off after second submittal.
3. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for
Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on
Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 68
design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and
the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge,
information and belief:
a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated;
b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract
Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent
tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of
quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03,
and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and
c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to
observe the Work.
4. By recommending any such payment Engineer will represent that:
a. observations made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it
has been performed have been completed per conditions and limitations of
Article 10 and Engineer Owner contract.
b. there may be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle
Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold
payment to Contractor.
5. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of
recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment,
including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer:
a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or
b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable
to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or
d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor
has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price, or
e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has
passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens.
6. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in
Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner
stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.3.
7. Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (Set-offs) necessary in
Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because:
a. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement;
b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with
Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph
14.04;
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 69
d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous
Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or
e. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that
would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination
for cause under the Contract Documents.
f. Reasonable evidence that the work cannot be completed for the unpaid
balance of the contract sum;
g. Reasonable evidence that the work cannot be completed within the
contract time, or;
h. Damage to Owner or another Contractor;
i. Persistent failure to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract
Documents;
j. Amount withheld to complete work calculated at cost of hiring another
Contractor to complete work in case of default;
k. Legal claims have been made, or Engineer has reasonable knowledge of
anticipated claims;
D. Payment Becomes Due:
1. Thirty days, or Owner’s normal check processing schedule, after presentation of
the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the
amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when
due will be paid by Owner to Contractor.
E. Reductions in Payment by Owner:
1. In addition to any reductions in payment (Set-offs) recommended by Engineer,
Owner is entitled to impose a Set-off against payment based on any of the
following:
a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s conduct
in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred
costs, losses, or damages on account of Contractor’s conduct in the
performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to
claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent
property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent
infringement;
b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid
damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent
to the Site;
c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance;
d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous
Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible;
e. Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal
reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or
return visits to complete field observations that were determined to be a
failed observation;
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 70
f. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement including
additional inspection costs;
g. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with
Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph
14.04;
h. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
i. an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify
a termination for cause;
j. liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to
achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the
Work;
k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where
Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure
the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens;
l. other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended.
2. If Owner imposes any Set-off against payment, whether based on its own
knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give
Contractor immediate notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for
such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor
any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall
promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto
agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such
action. The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly
submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction.
3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not
justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as
determined by Paragraph 15.01.C.
15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment
furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of (1) all Liens and
other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no
later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner.
15.03 Substantial Completion
A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall
notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete
and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor
shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list
items to be completed or corrected before final payment.
B. On tank projects, date of Substantial Completion is the date the tank is, or would have
been returned to service, except for voluntary delay by Owner. Date of Substantial
Completion is after complete cure, disinfection, and testing. A voluntary delay by
Owner in filling the tank does not extend the Substantial Completion Date.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 71
C. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make
an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not
consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing
giving the reasons therefor.
1. If some or all of the Work has been determined not to be at a point of Substantial
Completion and will require re-inspection or re-testing by Engineer, the cost of
such re-inspection or re-testing, including the cost of time, travel and living
expenses, will be paid by Contractor to Owner. If Contractor does not pay, or the
parties are unable to agree as to the amount owed, then Owner may impose a
reasonable Set-off against payments due under this Article 15.
D. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to
Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of
Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to
be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after
receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to
Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, a fter
considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer
concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days
after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing
that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner
does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of
Owner’s objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then
Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a
final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be
completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as
Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner.
E. After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch
list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases
Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list
items, following the progress payment procedures set forth above.
F. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of
Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove
its property and complete or correct items on the punch list.
15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy
A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any
substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the
Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a
separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its
intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of
the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions:
1. At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or
occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially
complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is
substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the
procedures of Paragraph 15.03.A through F for that part of the Work.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 72
2. At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor
considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer
to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work.
3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and
Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status
of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing
giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect
to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division
of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. Note: If an item on the
punchlist interferes with return of structure to service then the structure cannot be
considered Substantially Complete.
15.05 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof
is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and
Contractor and will notify Contractor of all particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective.
Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such
Work or remedy such deficiencies.
15.06 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment:
1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all
corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance
with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions,
schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance,
certificates of inspection, and other documents, Contractor may make application
for final payment.
2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
delivered) by:
a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents;
b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment;
c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title
to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear
of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment.
d. a list of all duly pending Change Proposals and Claims; and
e. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner)
of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection
with the Work.
f. A complete Submittal of Application for Final Payment fulfills all
requirements and terminates the Liquidated Damages that may be assessed
against Ready for Final Payment date.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 73
B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance:
1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and
final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is
satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations
under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt
of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s
recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to
Owner for payment. Such recommendation shall account for any Set-offs against
payment that are necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss for
the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. At the same time
Engineer will also give notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is
completed, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07. Otherwise, Engineer will
return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating the reasons for
refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the
necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment.
C. Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it
is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer’s written recommendation
of final payment. Contractor is responsible for security, safety, etc. on the site until
all his equipment is removed and all keys are returned.
D. Final Payment Becomes Due: Upon receipt from Engineer of the final Application for
Payment and accompanying documentation, Owner shall Set- off against the amount
recommended by Engineer for final payment any further sum to which Owner is
entitled, including but not limited to Set-offs for liquidated damages and Set-offs
allowed under the provisions of this Contract with respect to payments. Owner shall
pay the resulting balance due to Contractor within 30 days of Owner’s receipt of the
final Application for Payment from Engineer.
15.07 Waiver of Claims
A. By making final payment, Owner waives its claim or right to liquidated damages or
other damages for late completion by Contractor, except as set forth in an outstanding
Claim, appeal under the provisions of Article 17, Set-off, or express reservation of
rights by Owner. Owner reserves all other claims or rights after final payment.
B. The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor
of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have
been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17.
15.08 Correction Period
A. If within thirteen months after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer
period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract
Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the
Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction
easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by
Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, then Contractor shall promptly,
without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions:
1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas;
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 74
2. correct such defective Work;
3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work,
to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom.
B. Owner shall give any such notice of defect within 60 days of the discovery that such
Work or repairs is defective. If such notice is given within such 60 days but after the
end of the correction period, the notice will be deemed a notice of defective Work
under Paragraph 7.17.B.
C. If, after receipt of a notice of defect within 60 days and within the correction period,
Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions,
or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner
may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work
removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all costs, losses, and damages (including
but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out
of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including
but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Contractor’s
failure to pay such costs, losses, and damages within 10 days of invoice from Owner
will be deemed the start of an event giving rise to a Claim under Paragraph 12.01.B,
such that any related Claim must be brought within 30 days of the failure to pay.
Notice of Claim may also be made to the bonding company, and will include
requirement that the Maintenance Bond remain in effect.
D. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous
service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that
item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications.
E. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been
corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period
hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one
year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily
completed.
F. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations
and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute
for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
16.01 Owner May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof
for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Con tractor and
Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor
shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an
adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both,
directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such
adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for
resumption of Work.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 75
16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by
Contractor and justify termination for cause:
1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the
Progress Schedule);
2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of
the Contract Documents;
3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction; or
4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer.
5. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Non-Conformance Reports and daily
reports indicate the Contractor is unable or unwilling to complete the contract
within the terms of the contract.
B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving
Contractor (and any surety) ten days written notice that Owner is considering a
declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract, Owner may
proceed to:
1. declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) notice
that the Contract is terminated; and
2. enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond.
C. Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable Performance Bond, if Owner has
terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take
possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at
the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and
complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient.
D. Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.B if
Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to
correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure.
E. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled
to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of
the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related
claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such
excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such
related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor
shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred
by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so
approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights
or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest
price for the Work performed.
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 76
F. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will
not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which
may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any
surety under any Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Any retention or payment of
money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability.
G. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a Performance Bond under the
provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond shall govern over any
inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.B and 16.02.D.
H. Because of health, safety, and security concerns, this contract requires
prequalification of Contractors. Termination procedures in this General Conditions
are part of this contract. The bonding surety when taking over this Contract is
required to complete work with an alternate prequalified Contractor.
16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience
A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without
cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the
Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any
items):
1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing
services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract
Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums
for overhead and profit on such expenses; and
3. other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs
incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal.
B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead, profits, or
revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate
A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90
consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2)
Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is
submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally
determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner
and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or
failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on
the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03.
B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy,
if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is
submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally
determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and
Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor,
including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to
preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 77
Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to
Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
17.01 Methods and Procedures
A. Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to
final resolution under the provisions of this Article:
1. A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial
in full; and
2. Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations
under the Contract Documents and arising after final payment has been made.
B. Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article,
Owner or Contractor may:
1. elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the
Supplementary Conditions; or
2. agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution
process; or
3. if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions
or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit
the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction.
4. For any matter subject to final resolution under this Article, the prevailing party
shall be entitled to an award of its attorneys’ fees incurred in the final resolution
proceedings, in an equitable amount to be determined in the discretion of the
court, arbitrator, arbitration panel, or other arbiter of the matter subj ect to final
resolution, taking into account the parties’ initial demand or defense positions in
comparison with the final result.
ARTICLE 18 - MISCELLANEOUS
18.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written
notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if:
1. delivered in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the
individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which
it is intended; or
2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last
business address known to the sender of the notice.
3. by e-mail to the recipient, with the words “Formal Notice” or similar in the e-
mail’s subject line.
18.02 Computation of Times
A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 78
period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of
the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation.
18.03 Cumulative Remedies
A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and
remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be
construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all
of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special
warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this
paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in
connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they
apply.
18.04 Limitation of Damages
A. With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final
resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their
officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or
subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages
sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated
project.
18.05 No Waiver
A. A party’s non-enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that
provision, nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of
this Contract.
18.06 Survival of Obligations
A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required
by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations
indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of
the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services
of Contractor.
18.07 Controlling Law
A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located.
18.08 Assignment of Contract
A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party to this
Contract of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on the other
party without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically
but without limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be
assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction
may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written
consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from
any duty or responsibility under the Contract.
18.09 Successors and Assigns
A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal
representatives to the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 79
representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in
the Contract Documents.
18.10 Headings
A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not
constitute parts of these General Conditions.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Prepared By Modified by
DIXON C-800 (2018),
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT
This document was prepared using the guidelines for Supplemental Conditions prepared by the EJCDC (Document
Committee). They have been edited to supplement General Conditions prepared by DIXON and are referred to as
DIXON General Conditions 2018. In those documents DIXON merged all applicable supplemental conditions with
the general conditions where appropriate. Issues that may change on a project to project basis were removed from
the general conditions and placed in their entirety in the Supplementals. Items like Insurance where the Owner has
to approve all of the Insurance paragraphs, not just those usually located in the supplemental. Electronic Document
Transmittal (EDT) was also moved to the Supplemental.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1— Definitions and Terminology ............................................................................................... 1
ARTICLE 2— Preliminary Matters ............................................................................................................. 1
ARTICLE 3— Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ............................................................ 2
ARTICLE 4— Commencement and Progress of the Work ......................................................................... 2
ARTICLE 5— Site, Subsurface and Physical Conditions, Hazardous Environmental Conditions……….2
ARTICLE 6— Bonds and Insurance ........................................................................................................... 2
ARTICLE 7— Contractor’s Responsibilities .............................................................................................. 6
ARTICLE 8— Other Work at the Site ......................................................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 9— Owner’s Responsibilities .................................................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 10— Engineer’s Status During Construction ............................................................................. 7
ARTICLE 11— Changes to the Contract .................................................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 12— Claims ............................................................................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 13— Cost of Work; Allowances, Unit Price Work .................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 14— Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work ............. 7
ARTICLE 15— Payments to Contractor, Set-offs; Completions; Correction Period ................................. 7
ARTICLE 16— Suspension of Work and Termination ............................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 17— Final Resolutions of Disputes ........................................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 18— Miscellaneous .................................................................................................................... 7
OAK BROOK - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement DIXON 2018 Standard General Conditions
of the Construction Contract Section 00 07 00. The General Conditions remain in full force and effect
except as amended.
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General
Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated
below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
The address system used in these Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used
in the General Conditions, with the prefix "SC" added—for example, “Paragraph SC-4.05.”
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
No suggested Supplementary Conditions in this Article.
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS
Add the following to the General Conditions after 2.06.B.2.g
h. The Owner operates a Project information management system (also referred to
in this EDP as “Project Website”) for use of Owner, Engineer and Contractor
during the Project for exchange and storage of Project-related communications
and information. Except as otherwise provided in this EDP or the General
Conditions, use of the Project Website by the parties as described in this
Paragraph will be mandatory for exchange of Project documents,
communications, submittals, and other Project-related information. The
following conditions and standards will govern use of the Project Website:
1) Describe the period of time during which the Project Website will be
operated and be available for reliance by the parties;
2) Provide any minimum system infrastructure, software licensing and
security standards for access to and use of the Project Website;
3) Describe the types and extent of services to be provided at the Project
Website (such as large file transfer, email, communication and document
archives, etc.); and
4) Include any other Project Website attributes that may be pertinent to
Contractor’s use of the facility and pricing of such use. If a Contractor
creates a Website the Owner is not required to participate. If Owner, or
Engineer at Owner’s request, creates a Project specific Website, Protocol
will be established at the Preconstruction Meeting.
SC-2.06 Supplement Paragraph 2.06 of the General Conditions by adding the following paragraph:
D. Requests by Contractor for Electronic Documents in Other Formats
1. Release of any Electronic Document versions of the Project documents in formats
other than those identified in the Electronic Documents Protocol (if any) or elsewhere
in the Contract will be at the sole discretion of the Owner.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT - 2
2. To extent determined by Owner, in its sole discretion, to be prudent and necessary,
release of Electronic Documents versions of Project documents and other Project
information requested by Contractor (“Request”) in formats other than those identified
in the Electronic Documents Protocol (if any) or elsewhere in the Contract will be
subject to the provisions of the Owner’s response to the Request.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
ARTICLE 5 – SITE, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
SC-5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. There are no known Technical data or Drawings available for this site.
SC-5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions
A. There are no known reports or site conditions which would or could indicate that the site
is a hazardous environmental site.
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
SC-6.02 Insurance—General Provisions
A. Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article of the
Supplementary Conditions.
B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall
be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or
jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance policies for the required
limits and coverages. All companies that provide insurance policies required under this
Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better. Insurance Companies must,
in addition to State license, be incorporated and originating from within the United States.
Offshore companies or internet companies are not acceptable. Contractor may obtain
worker’s compensation insurance from an insurance company that has not been rated by
A.M. Best, provided that such company (a) is domiciled in the state in which the Project
is located, (b) is certified or authorized as a worker’s compensation insurance provider by
the appropriate state agency, and (c) has been accepted to provide worker’s compensation
insurance for similar projects by the state within the last 12 months.
C. Alternative forms of insurance coverage, including but not limited to self-insurance and
“Occupational Accident and Excess Employer’s Indemnity Policies,” are not sufficient to
meet the insurance requirements of this Contract.
D. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional
insured, minimum three (3) copies (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary
Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that
Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements
required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall
also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT - 3
of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and
deductibles. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing
information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision.
E. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor’s full
compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency
in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of the
Contractor’s obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance.
F. In addition to the liability insurance required to be provided by Contractor, the Owner, at
Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain Owner’s own liability insurance. Owner’s
liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be
provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner’s liability policies for any
of Contractor’s obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties.
G. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance at the specified level by
the Contract, Contractor shall notify Owner in writing of such failure to purchase prior to
the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required
coverage.
H. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Contractor’s
entitlement to enter or remain at the Site will end immediately, and Owner may impose an
appropriate Set-off against payment for any associated costs, and exercise Owner’s
termination rights under Article 16 of the General Conditions.
I. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Contractor has failed to obtain or
maintain required insurance, Owner may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect
Owner’s interests at the expense of the Contractor who was required to provide such
coverage, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly with a Set-off.
J. Contractor shall require:
1. Subcontractors to purchase and maintain worker’s compensation, commercial general
liability, and other insurance that is appropriate for their participation in the Project,
and to name as additional insureds Owner and DIXON (and any other individuals or
entities identified in these Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on
Contractor’s liability policies) on each Subcontractor’s commercial general liability
insurance policy; and
2. Suppliers to purchase and maintain insurance that is appropriate for their participation
in the Project.
K. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract
necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. Contractor is
responsible for determining whether such coverage and limits are adequate to protect its
interests, and for obtaining and maintaining any additional insurance that Contractor
deems necessary.
L. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on
Contractor’s liability, or that of its subcontractors or Suppliers, under the indemnities
granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT - 4
M. All the policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained under this Contract
will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled,
or renewal refused, until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the
Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing
policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured and Engineer.
N. All policies apply with respect to the performance of the Work, whether such performance
is by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of
them may be liable
SC-6.03 Contractor’s Insurance
Insurance requirements are given in the attachment INDEMNIFICATION AND
INSURANCE.
A. Additional Insureds: The Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile
liability, employer’s liability, umbrella or excess, and unmanned aerial vehicle liability
policies, if required by this Contract, must:
1. Include and list as additional insureds Owner and DIXON, and any individuals or
entities identified as additional insureds in the Supplementary Conditions;
2. Include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, and consultants of all such additional insureds;
3. Afford primary coverage to these additional insureds for all claims covered thereby
(including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations);
4. Not seek contribution from insurance maintained by the additional insured; and
5. As to commercial general liability insurance, apply to additional insureds with
respect to liability caused in whole or in part by Contractor’s acts or omissions, or
the acts and omissions of those working on Contractor’s behalf, in the performance
of Contractor’s operations.
SC-6.04 Builder’s Risk and Other Property Insurance
A. Builder’s Risk: Unless otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions,
Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance upon the Work on a
completed value basis, in the amount of the Work’s full insurable replacement cost
(subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary
Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). The specific requirements
applicable to the builder’s risk insurance are set forth in the Supplementary
Conditions.
B. Property Insurance for Facilities of Owner Where Work Will Occur: Owner is
responsible for obtaining and maintaining property insurance covering each existing
structure, building, or facility in which any part of the Work will occur, or to which
any part of the Work will attach or be adjoined.
C. The builder’s risk insurance must be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form
that at a minimum includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work.
Material in storage or transit is at risk and protected as Contractor determines. The
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT - 5
Owner does not take responsibility for storage, transit or while on site until installed.
The policy may or the Contractor may self-insure for vandalism and malicious
mischief; debris removal; and water damage (other than that caused by flood).
1. Such policy will include an exception that results in coverage for ensuing losses
from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship, methods,
design, or materials exclusions.
2. Policy shall allow
a. for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights, as set forth in this Contract.
b. allow for partial occupancy or use by Owner by endorsement, and without
cancellation or lapse of coverage.
c. be maintained in effect until the Work is complete, as set forth in
Paragraph 15.06.D of the General Conditions, or until written confirmation
of Owner’s procurement of property insurance following Substantial
Completion, whichever occurs first
d. either insure or self-insure for all “soft cost” losses, the Owner is not
responsible for Soft Losses which result from an insurable event.
D. Contractor’s failure to submit an “All Risk” policy form of the Builder’s Risk Policy
will be taken as an affirmation that the Contractor is self-insuring all risks and
responsibilities listed in Article SC 6.04 Builders Risk and Other Property Insurance.
1. The Owner reserves the right to require verification that Contractor has the
financial ability to self-insure Builder’s Risk, including review of corporate
financial statements.
SC-6.05 Property Losses; Subrogation
A. The builder’s risk insurance policy purchased and maintained in accordance with
Paragraph 6.04, will contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any
loss or damage the insurer or self-insured will have no rights of recovery against any
insureds thereunder, or against DIXON or its consultants, or their officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors.
1. Contractor waives all rights against Owner and the respective officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any
of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of
the perils, risks, or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property
insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against
Engineer, its consultants, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions as builder’s risk or installation floater insureds, and the officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any
of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused.
C. The waivers in this Paragraph 6.05 include the waiver of rights due to business
interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss
or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from
fire or other insured peril, risk, or cause of loss.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT - 6
D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that each Subcontract contains provisions
whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its
consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants,
and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising
out of, relating to, or resulting from fire or other peril, risk, or cause of loss covered by
builder’s risk insurance, installation floater, and any other property insurance applicable
to the Work.
E. Failure of Contractor, if self-insured, to make appropriate payments for reparations will
result in equitable Set-off by Owner
SC-6.06 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds
A. If no other special agreement is reached, Contractor shall repair or replace the damaged
Work, using allocated insurance proceeds.
SC-6.07 Indemnification moved from GC-7.18. Contractor is advised that the Owner may have
made changes.
A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other
obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, from losses,
damages, costs, and judgments (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or
other dispute resolution costs) arising from third-party claims or actions relating to or
resulting from the performance or furnishing of the Work, provided that any such claim,
action, loss, cost, judgment or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or
death, or to damage to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused by any negligent
act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable.
B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or
the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by
any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph SC 6.07.A shall not be limited in
any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits
payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit
acts.
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT - 7
ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
8.02 Coordination – If there is other Work to be completed it will be discussed in Section 00 00 40
Project Explanation of the Specifications.
ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE 11 – CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT
ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS
ARTICLE 13 – COST OF WORK; ALLOWANCES, UNIT PRICE WORK
ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR
ACCCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR, SET-OFFS; COMPLETIONS;
CORRECTION PERIOD
ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTIONS OF DISPUTES
ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS
INDEMNIFICATION:
The Contractor shall protect, indemnify, save, defend and hold forever
harmless the Village and/or its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and
agents from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties,
causes of action, costs and expenses, including without limitation court costs,
insurance deductibles and attorney's fees and expenses, which the Village
and/or its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents may incur,
suffer or sustain, or for which the Village and/or its officers, employees and
agents may become obligated by reason for any accident, injury to or death
of persons or loss of or damage to property, or civil and/or constitutional
infringement of rights (specifically including violations of the Federal Civil
Right Statutes), arising indirectly or directly in connection with or under, or as
a result of, this or any Agreement by virtue of any act or omission of any of
the Contractor's officers, employees, subcontractors, and/or agents, provided
that the Contractor shall not be liable for claims, obligations, damages,
penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses arising solely by any act or
omission of the Village's officers, officials, employees, volunteers and/or
agents.
The contractor shall hold the Village harmless for any and all claims for labor,
material, apparatus, equipment, fixtures or machinery furnished to the
contractor for the purpose of performing the work under the contract; and the
payment of all direct and indirect damages to any person, firm, company or
corporation suffered or sustained on account of the performance of such work
during the time the contract is in force.
INSURANCE:
Certificates of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsement shall be
presented to the Village within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the
Contractor of the Notice of Award and the unexecuted contract, it being
understood and agreed that the Village will not approve and execute the
contract nor will the bid guarantee be returned until acceptable insurance
certificates are received and approved by the Village.
Each Contractor performing any work pursuant to a contract with the Village
of Oak Brook and each permittee working under a permit as required
pursuant to the provisions of Title 1, Chapter 8 of the Code of Ordinances of
the Village of Oak Brook (hereinafter referred to as "Insured") shall be
required to carry such insurance as specified herein. Such Contractor and
permittee shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract or permit
insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which
may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work under the
contract or permit, either by the Contractor, permittee, or their agents,
representatives, employees or sub Contractors.
A Contractor or permittee shall maintain insurance with limits no less than:
A. General Liability - $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for
bodily injury, personal injury and property damage, provided that when
the estimated cost of the work in question does not exceed $25,000, the
required limit shall be $1,000,000;
B. Automobile Liability (if applicable) - $1,000,000 combined single limit
per accident for bodily injury and property damage;
C. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability - Worker's
Compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of
Illinois and Employer's Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident.
Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved
by the Village. At the option of the Village, either the insurer shall reduce or
eliminate such deductible or self-insured retention as respects the Village, its
officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or the Insured shall procure a
bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim
administration and defense expenses to the extent of such deductible or self-
insured retention.
The policies shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:
D. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage -
(1) The Village, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to
be covered as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out
of activities performed by or on behalf of the Insured; premises
owned, occupied or used by the Insured. The coverage shall
contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded
to the Village, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers or
agents.
(2) The Insured's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as
respects the Village, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers
and agents. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the
Village, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers or agents shall
be in excess of the Insured's insurance and shall not contribute
with it.
(3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall
not affect coverage provided to the Village, its officers, officials,
employees, volunteers or agents.
(4) The Insured's insurance shall apply separately to each covered
party against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with
respect to the limits of the insurer's liability.
E. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Coverage
The policy shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Village,
its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents for losses
arising from work performed by the insured for the Village.
Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be
suspended, voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in
limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail has
been given to the Village. Each insurance policy shall name the Village, its
officers, officials and employees, volunteers and agents as additional
Insureds. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no
less than A: VII.
Each Insured shall furnish the Village with certificates of insurance and with
original endorsements effecting coverage required by this provision. The
certificate and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a
person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The
certificates and endorsements are to be on forms approved by the Village,
see Section C of this Bid Package, and shall be subject to approval by the
Village Attorney before work commences. The Village reserves the right to
require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any
time.
Each insured shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies
or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each
subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the
requirements stated herein.
PREVAILING WAGE AFFIDAVIT
I, ___________________________(name of signatory), on oath hereby state and
certify that _____________________________ (name of Contractor), pursuant to a
Contract dated ___________, 2019, with the Village of Oak Brook for the
______________ Project, has complied and will comply with all laws, including
those relating to the employment of labor, the payment of the current general prevailing
rate of hourly wages for each craft or type of worker or mechanic needed to execute the
Contract or perform such work, and also the current general prevailing rate for legal
holiday and overtime work, as ascertained by the Illinois Department of Labor for DuPage
County, Illinois, and those prevailing rates are paid and shall be paid for each craft or type
of worker or mechanic needed to execute the aforesaid Contract or to perform such work.
_____________________________ (name of Contractor) has also complied and will
comply with all record keeping requirements established in the Prevailing Wage Act (820
ILCS 130/0.01, et seq.
CONTRACTOR:
By:_____________________________________
Title: ___________________________________
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE
ME THIS _____ DAY OF _______________, 2021
________________________________________
NOTARY PUBLIC
CERTIFICATION OF PAYROLL RECORDS
I, ___________________ (name of person executing this certificate), do hereby
certify that I am the duly qualified and acting __________________ (title) for
____________________ , (name of contractor) and, as such, am authorized to certify
payroll records as true and accurate for such company in accordance with the
requirements of Section 5 of the Prevailing Wage Act (820 ILCS 130/5) (the "Act").
I do hereby further certify that the following document is a true and accura te copy
of the records of all laborers, mechanics, and other workers employed by _____________
(name of contractor) on the _____________ Project (the "Project") for the Village
of Oak Brook (the “Village”), including each such worker's name, address, telephone
number, social security number, classification or classifications; and the hourly wages
paid in each pay period, hours worked each day, and the starting and ending times of
work each day for each such worker on such Project.
I do hereby further certify that the hourly rate paid to each worker is not less than
the general prevailing rate of hourly wages required by the Act, and that
_______________ (name of contractor), and I on behalf of such
contractor, are fully aware that filing a certified payroll that we know to be false is a Class
B misdemeanor. I further certify that upon two (2) business days' notice, if requested, we
and any subcontractor hired by us shall make available for inspection the records required
in the Act to the District, its officers and agents, and to the Director of Labor, his deputies
and agents, at reasonable hours at a location within the State of Illinois.
Date: ____________________, 2021
____________________________________
(Name of Contractor)
____________________________________
(Signature)
____________________________________
(Printed Name)
____________________________________
(Title)
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this ____ day of _____________, 2021
______________________________
Notary Public
Overtime
Trade Title Rg Type C Base Foreman M-F Sa Su Hol H/W Pension Vac Trng Other
Ins
ASBESTOS ABT-GEN All ALL 44.40 45.40 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 16.10 14.21 0.00 0.90
ASBESTOS ABT-MEC All BLD 38.44 41.51 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 14.07 12.51 0.00 0.77
BOILERMAKER All BLD 51.56 56.20 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 6.97 21.58 0.00 1.20
BRICK MASON All BLD 47.56 52.32 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.20 20.51 0.00 0.97
CARPENTER All ALL 49.76 51.76 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.79 23.34 0.00 0.73
CEMENT MASON All ALL 47.00 49.00 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 15.75 19.73 0.00 1.00
CERAMIC TILE FINISHER All BLD 41.80 41.80 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.25 13.41 0.00 0.88
COMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN All BLD 34.25 37.05 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 12.60 23.04 2.75 0.68 0.10
ELECTRIC PWR EQMT OP All ALL 44.61 60.87 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 6.50 12.49 0.00 1.01 1.34
ELECTRIC PWR GRNDMAN All ALL 34.27 60.87 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 6.50 9.60 0.00 0.77 1.03
ELECTRIC PWR LINEMAN All ALL 53.63 60.87 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 6.50 15.02 0.00 1.21 1.61
ELECTRIC PWR TRK DRV All ALL 35.52 60.87 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 6.50 9.95 0.00 0.80 1.07
ELECTRICIAN All BLD 41.49 45.49 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 12.60 25.90 6.00 0.85 0.10
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR All BLD 58.47 65.78 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 15.73 18.41 4.68 0.63
FENCE ERECTOR NE ALL 44.42 46.42 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 13.68 15.40 0.00 0.65
FENCE ERECTOR W ALL 47.99 51.83 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.06 24.15 0.00 1.03
GLAZIER All BLD 46.35 47.85 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 14.79 22.67 0.00 1.26
HEAT/FROST INSULATOR All BLD 51.25 54.33 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 14.07 14.26 0.00 0.77
IRON WORKER E ALL 52.51 54.51 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 15.15 24.34 0.00 0.44
IRON WORKER W ALL 47.99 51.83 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.06 24.15 0.00 1.03
LABORER All ALL 44.40 45.15 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 16.10 14.21 0.00 0.90
LATHER All ALL 49.76 51.76 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.79 23.34 0.00 0.73
MACHINIST All BLD 49.68 52.18 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 7.93 8.95 1.85 1.47
MARBLE FINISHER All ALL 35.73 49.05 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.20 18.71 0.00 0.87
MARBLE MASON All BLD 46.71 51.38 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.20 19.98 0.00 0.95
MATERIAL TESTER I All ALL 34.40 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 16.10 14.21 0.00 0.90
MATERIALS TESTER II All ALL 39.40 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 16.10 14.21 0.00 0.90
MILLWRIGHT All ALL 49.76 51.76 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.79 23.34 0.00 0.73
OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 1 52.10 56.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 2 50.80 56.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 3 48.25 56.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
DuPage County Prevailing Wage Rates posted on 12/1/2020
OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 4 46.50 56.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 5 55.85 56.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 6 53.10 56.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 7 55.10 56.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All FLT 40.00 40.00 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.50 16.85 2.00 1.65
OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 1 50.30 54.30 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 2 49.75 54.30 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 3 47.70 54.30 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 4 46.30 54.30 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 5 45.10 54.30 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 6 53.30 54.30 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 7 51.30 54.30 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 20.90 17.85 2.00 2.15
ORNAMENTAL IRON WORKER E ALL 51.63 54.13 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 14.23 22.25 0.00 1.25
ORNAMENTAL IRON WORKER W ALL 47.99 51.83 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.06 24.15 0.00 1.03
PAINTER All ALL 48.30 50.30 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 18.23 3.65 0.00 1.45
PAINTER - SIGNS All BLD 39.84 44.74 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.73 3.39 0.00 0.00
PILEDRIVER All ALL 49.76 51.76 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.79 23.34 0.00 0.73
PIPEFITTER All BLD 50.75 53.75 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 10.85 20.85 0.00 2.92
PLASTERER All BLD 47.57 50.42 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.20 20.17 0.00 0.96
PLUMBER All BLD 52.00 55.10 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 16.22 15.60 0.00 1.40
ROOFER All BLD 45.75 49.75 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.23 13.61 0.00 0.91
SHEETMETAL WORKER All BLD 49.07 51.52 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 10.85 17.51 0.00 1.14 2.32
SPRINKLER FITTER All BLD 50.95 53.45 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 13.50 16.80 0.00 0.75
STEEL ERECTOR E ALL 52.51 54.51 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 15.15 24.34 0.00 0.44
STEEL ERECTOR W ALL 47.99 51.83 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.06 24.15 0.00 1.03
STONE MASON All BLD 47.56 52.32 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.20 20.51 0.00 0.97
TERRAZZO FINISHER All BLD 43.54 43.54 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.25 15.61 0.00 0.90
TERRAZZO MASON All BLD 47.38 50.88 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.25 17.07 0.00 0.94
TILE MASON All BLD 48.75 52.75 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 11.25 16.90 0.00 0.95
TRAFFIC SAFETY WORKER All HWY 36.75 38.35 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 7.95 8.20 0.00 0.75
TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 1 39.27 39.82 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 9.88 12.80 0.00 0.15
TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 2 39.42 39.82 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 9.88 12.80 0.00 0.15
TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 3 39.62 39.82 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 9.88 12.80 0.00 0.15
TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 4 39.82 39.82 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 9.88 12.80 0.00 0.15
TUCKPOINTER All BLD 47.25 48.25 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 8.59 19.48 0.00 0.94
Legend
Rg Region
Type Trade Type - All,Highway,Building,Floating,Oil & Chip,Rivers
C Class
Base Base Wage Rate
OT M-F Unless otherwise noted, OT pay is required for any hour greater than 8 worked each day, Mon through Fri. The number
listed is the multiple of the base wage.
OT Sa Overtime pay required for every hour worked on Saturdays
OT Su Overtime pay required for every hour worked on Sundays
OT Hol Overtime pay required for every hour worked on Holidays
H/W Health/Welfare benefit
Vac Vacation
Trng Training
Other Ins Employer hourly cost for any other type(s) of insurance provided for benefit of worker.
Explanations DUPAGE COUNTY
IRON WORKERS AND FENCE ERECTOR (WEST) - West of Route 53.
The following list is considered as those days for which holiday rates of wages for work performed apply: New Years Day,
Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and Veterans Day in some classifications/counties.
Generally, any of these holidays which fall on a Sunday is celebrated on the following Monday. This then makes work performed
on that Monday payable at the appropriate overtime rate for holiday pay. Common practice in a given local may alter certain
days of celebration. If in doubt, please check with IDOL.
EXPLANATION OF CLASSES
ASBESTOS - GENERAL - removal of asbestos material/mold and hazardous materials from any place in a building, including
mechanical systems where those mechanical systems are to be removed. This includes the removal of asbestos materials/mold
and hazardous materials from ductwork or pipes in a building when the building is to be demolished at the time or at some close
future date.
ASBESTOS - MECHANICAL - removal of asbestos material from mechanical systems, such as pipes, ducts, and boilers, where the
mechanical systems are to remain.
TRAFFIC SAFETY
Effective November 30, 2018, the description of the traffic safety worker trade in this County is as follows: Work associated with
barricades, horses and drums used to reduce lane usage on highway work, the installation and removal of temporary, non-
temporary or permanent lane, pavement or roadway markings, and the installation and removal of temporary road signs.
CERAMIC TILE FINISHER
The grouting, cleaning, and polishing of all classes of tile, whether for interior or exterior purposes, all burned, glazed or unglazed
products; all composition materials, granite tiles, warning detectable tiles, cement tiles, epoxy composite materials, pavers, glass,
mosaics, fiberglass, and all substitute materials, for tile made in tile-like units; all mixtures in tile like form of cement, metals, and
other materials that are for and intended for use as a finished floor surface, stair treads, promenade roofs, walks, walls, ceilings,
swimming pools, and all other places where tile is to form a finished interior or exterior. The mixing of all setting mortars
including but not limited to thin-set mortars, epoxies, wall mud, and any other sand and cement mixtures or adhesives when
used in the preparation, installation, repair, or maintenance of tile and/or similar materials. The handling and unloading of all
sand, cement, lime, tile, fixtures, equipment, adhesives, or any other materials to be used in the preparation, installation, repair, or
maintenance of tile and/or similar materials. Ceramic Tile Finishers shall fill all joints and voids regardless of method on all tile
work, particularly and especially after installation of said tile work. Application of any and all protective coverings to all types of
tile installations including, but not be limited to, all soap compounds, paper products, tapes, and all polyethylene coverings,
plywood, masonite, cardboard, and any new type of products that may be used to protect tile installations, Blastrac equipment,
and all floor scarifying equipment used in preparing floors to receive tile. The clean up and removal of all waste and materials.
All demolition of existing tile floors and walls to be re-tiled.
COMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN
Low voltage installation, maintenance and removal of telecommunication facilities (voice, sound, data and video) including
telephone and data inside wire, interconnect, terminal equipment, central offices, PABX, fiber optic cable and equipment, micro
waves, V-SAT, bypass, CATV, WAN (wide area networks), LAN (local area networks), and ISDN (integrated system digital network),
pulling of wire in raceways, but not the installation of raceways.
MARBLE FINISHER
Loading and unloading trucks, distribution of all materials (all stone, sand, etc.), stocking of floors with material, performing all
rigging for heavy work, the handling of all material that may be needed for the installation of such materials, building of
scaffolding, polishing if needed, patching, waxing of material if damaged, pointing up, caulking, grouting and cleaning of marble,
holding water on diamond or Carborundum blade or saw for setters cutting, use of tub saw or any other saw needed for
preparation of material, drilling of holes for wires that anchor material set by setters, mixing up of molding plaster for installation
of material, mixing up thin set for the installation of material, mixing up of sand to cement for the installation of material and
such other work as may be required in helping a Marble Setter in the handling of all material in the erection or installation of
interior marble, slate, travertine, art marble, serpentine, alberene stone, blue stone, granite and other stones (meaning as to stone
any foreign or domestic materials as are specified and used in building interiors and exteriors and customarily known as stone in
the trade), carrara, sanionyx, vitrolite and similar opaque glass and the laying of all marble tile, terrazzo tile, slate tile and precast
tile, steps, risers treads, base, or any other materials that may be used as substitutes for any of the aforementioned materials and
which are used on interior and exterior which are installed in a similar manner.
MATERIAL TESTER I: Hand coring and drilling for testing of materials; field inspection of uncured concrete and asphalt.
MATERIAL TESTER II: Field inspection of welds, structural steel, fireproofing, masonry, soil, facade, reinforcing steel, formwork,
cured concrete, and concrete and asphalt batch plants; adjusting proportions of bituminous mixtures.
OPERATING ENGINEER - BUILDING
Class 1. Asphalt Plant; Asphalt Spreader; Autograde; Backhoes with Caisson Attachment; Batch Plant; Benoto (requires Two
Engineers); Boiler and Throttle Valve; Caisson Rigs; Central Redi-Mix Plant; Combination Back Hoe Front End-loader Machine;
Compressor and Throttle Valve; Concrete Breaker (Truck Mounted); Concrete Conveyor; Concrete Conveyor (Truck Mounted);
Concrete Paver Over 27E cu. ft; Concrete Paver 27E cu. ft. and Under: Concrete Placer; Concrete Placing Boom; Concrete Pump
(Truck Mounted); Concrete Tower; Cranes, All; Cranes, Hammerhead; Cranes, (GCI and similar Type); Creter Crane; Spider Crane;
Crusher, Stone, etc.; Derricks, All; Derricks, Traveling; Formless Curb and Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grouting Machines;
Heavy Duty Self-Propelled Transporter or Prime Mover; Highlift Shovels or Front Endloader 2-1/4 yd. and over; Hoists, Elevators,
outside type rack and pinion and similar machines; Hoists, One, Two and Three Drum; Hoists, Two Tugger One Floor; Hydraulic
Backhoes; Hydraulic Boom Trucks; Hydro Vac (and similar equipment); Locomotives, All; Motor Patrol; Lubrication Technician;
Manipulators; Pile Drivers and Skid Rig; Post Hole Digger; Pre-Stress Machine; Pump Cretes Dual Ram; Pump Cretes: Squeeze
Cretes-Screw Type Pumps; Gypsum Bulker and Pump; Raised and Blind Hole Drill; Roto Mill Grinder; Scoops - Tractor Drawn; Slip-
Form Paver; Straddle Buggies; Operation of Tie Back Machine; Tournapull; Tractor with Boom and Side Boom; Trenching
Machines.
Class 2. Boilers; Broom, All Power Propelled; Bulldozers; Concrete Mixer (Two Bag and Over); Conveyor, Portable; Forklift Trucks;
Highlift Shovels or Front Endloaders under 2-1/4 yd.; Hoists, Automatic; Hoists, Inside Elevators; Hoists, Sewer Dragging Machine;
Hoists, Tugger Single Drum; Laser Screed; Rock Drill (Self-Propelled); Rock Drill (Truck Mounted); Rollers, All; Steam Generators;
Tractors, All; Tractor Drawn Vibratory Roller; Winch Trucks with "A" Frame.
Class 3. Air Compressor; Combination Small Equipment Operator; Generators; Heaters, Mechanical; Hoists, Inside Elevators
(remodeling or renovation work); Hydraulic Power Units (Pile Driving, Extracting, and Drilling); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to
exceed a total of 300 ft.); Low Boys; Pumps, Well Points; Welding Machines (2 through 5); Winches, 4 Small Electric Drill Winches.
Class 4. Bobcats and/or other Skid Steer Loaders; Oilers; and Brick Forklift.
Class 5. Assistant Craft Foreman.
Class 6. Gradall.
Class 7. Mechanics; Welders.
OPERATING ENGINEERS - HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Class 1. Asphalt Plant; Asphalt Heater and Planer Combination; Asphalt Heater Scarfire; Asphalt Spreader; Autograder/GOMACO
or other similar type machines: ABG Paver; Backhoes with Caisson Attachment; Ballast Regulator; Belt Loader; Caisson Rigs; Car
Dumper; Central Redi-Mix Plant; Combination Backhoe Front Endloader Machine, (1 cu. yd. Backhoe Bucket or over or with
attachments); Concrete Breaker (Truck Mounted); Concrete Conveyor; Concrete Paver over 27E cu. ft.; Concrete Placer; Concrete
Tube Float; Cranes, all attachments; Cranes, Tower Cranes of all types: Creter Crane: Spider Crane; Crusher, Stone, etc.; Derricks,
All; Derrick Boats; Derricks, Traveling; Dredges; Elevators, Outside type Rack & Pinion and Similar Machines; Formless Curb and
Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grader, Motor Grader, Motor Patrol, Auto Patrol, Form Grader, Pull Grader, Subgrader; Guard
Rail Post Driver Truck Mounted; Hoists, One, Two and Three Drum; Heavy Duty Self-Propelled Transporter or Prime Mover;
Hydraulic Backhoes; Backhoes with shear attachments up to 40' of boom reach; Lubrication Technician; Manipulators; Mucking
Machine; Pile Drivers and Skid Rig; Pre-Stress Machine; Pump Cretes Dual Ram; Rock Drill - Crawler or Skid Rig; Rock Drill - Truck
Mounted; Rock/Track Tamper; Roto Mill Grinder; Slip-Form Paver; Snow Melters; Soil Test Drill Rig (Truck Mounted); Straddle
Buggies; Hydraulic Telescoping Form (Tunnel); Operation of Tieback Machine; Tractor Drawn Belt Loader; Tractor Drawn Belt
Loader (with attached pusher - two engineers); Tractor with Boom; Tractaire with Attachments; Traffic Barrier Transfer Machine;
Trenching; Truck Mounted Concrete Pump with Boom; Raised or Blind Hole Drills (Tunnel Shaft); Underground Boring and/or
Mining Machines 5 ft. in diameter and over tunnel, etc; Underground Boring and/or Mining Machines under 5 ft. in diameter;
Wheel Excavator; Widener (APSCO).
Class 2. Batch Plant; Bituminous Mixer; Boiler and Throttle Valve; Bulldozers; Car Loader Trailing Conveyors; Combination Backhoe
Front Endloader Machine (Less than 1 cu. yd. Backhoe Bucket or over or with attachments); Compressor and Throttle Valve;
Compressor, Common Receiver (3); Concrete Breaker or Hydro Hammer; Concrete Grinding Machine; Concrete Mixer or Paver 7S
Series to and including 27 cu. ft.; Concrete Spreader; Concrete Curing Machine, Burlap Machine, Belting Machine and Sealing
Machine; Concrete Wheel Saw; Conveyor Muck Cars (Haglund or Similar Type); Drills, All; Finishing Machine - Concrete; Highlift
Shovels or Front Endloader; Hoist - Sewer Dragging Machine; Hydraulic Boom Trucks (All Attachments); Hydro-Blaster; Hydro
Excavating (excluding hose work); Laser Screed; All Locomotives, Dinky; Off-Road Hauling Units (including articulating) Non Self-
Loading Ejection Dump; Pump Cretes: Squeeze Cretes - Screw Type Pumps, Gypsum Bulker and Pump; Roller, Asphalt; Rotary
Snow Plows; Rototiller, Seaman, etc., self-propelled; Self-Propelled Compactor; Spreader - Chip - Stone, etc.; Scraper - Single/Twin
Engine/Push and Pull; Scraper - Prime Mover in Tandem (Regardless of Size); Tractors pulling attachments, Sheeps Foot, Disc,
Compactor, etc.; Tug Boats.
Class 3. Boilers; Brooms, All Power Propelled; Cement Supply Tender; Compressor, Common Receiver (2); Concrete Mixer (Two
Bag and Over); Conveyor, Portable; Farm-Type Tractors Used for Mowing, Seeding, etc.; Forklift Trucks; Grouting Machine; Hoists,
Automatic; Hoists, All Elevators; Hoists, Tugger Single Drum; Jeep Diggers; Low Boys; Pipe Jacking Machines; Post-Hole Digger;
Power Saw, Concrete Power Driven; Pug Mills; Rollers, other than Asphalt; Seed and Straw Blower; Steam Generators; Stump
Machine; Winch Trucks with "A" Frame; Work Boats; Tamper-Form-Motor Driven.
Class 4. Air Compressor; Combination - Small Equipment Operator; Directional Boring Machine; Generators; Heaters, Mechanical;
Hydraulic Power Unit (Pile Driving, Extracting, or Drilling); Light Plants, All (1 through 5); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to exceed a
total of 300 ft.); Pumps, Well Points; Vacuum Trucks (excluding hose work); Welding Machines (2 through 5); Winches, 4 Small
Electric Drill Winches.
Class 5. SkidSteer Loader (all); Brick Forklifts; Oilers.
Class 6. Field Mechanics and Field Welders
Class 7. Dowell Machine with Air Compressor; Gradall and machines of like nature.
OPERATING ENGINEER - FLOATING
Diver. Diver Wet Tender, Diver Tender, ROV Pilot, ROV Tender
TRUCK DRIVER - BUILDING, HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Class 1. Two or three Axle Trucks. A-frame Truck when used for transportation purposes; Air Compressors and Welding
Machines, including those pulled by cars, pick-up trucks and tractors; Ambulances; Batch Gate Lockers; Batch Hopperman; Car
and Truck Washers; Carry-alls; Fork Lifts and Hoisters; Helpers; Mechanics Helpers and Greasers; Oil Distributors 2-man
operation; Pavement Breakers; Pole Trailer, up to 40 feet; Power Mower Tractors; Self-propelled Chip Spreader; Skipman; Slurry
Trucks, 2-man operation; Slurry Truck Conveyor Operation, 2 or 3 man; Teamsters; Unskilled Dumpman; and Truck Drivers
hauling warning lights, barricades, and portable toilets on the job site.
Class 2. Four axle trucks; Dump Crets and Adgetors under 7 yards; Dumpsters, Track Trucks, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump
Turnapulls or Turnatrailers when pulling other than self-loading equipment or similar equipment under 16 cubic yards; Mixer
Trucks under 7 yeards; Ready-mix Plant Hopper Operator, and Winch Trucks, 2 Axles.
Class 3. Five axle trucks; Dump Crets and Adgetors 7 yards and over; Dumpsters, Track Trucks, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump
Turnatrailers or turnapulls when pulling other than self-loading equipment or similar equipment over 16 cubic yards; Explosives
and/or Fission Material Trucks; Mixer Trucks 7 yards or over; Mobile Cranes while in transit; Oil Distributors, 1-man operation;
Pole Trailer, over 40 feet; Pole and Expandable Trailers hauling material over 50 feet long; Slurry trucks, 1-man operation; Winch
trucks, 3 axles or more; Mechanic--Truck Welder and Truck Painter.
Class 4. Six axle trucks; Dual-purpose vehicles, such as mounted crane trucks with hoist and accessories; Foreman; Master
Mechanic; Self-loading equipment like P.B. and trucks with scoops on the front.
TERRAZZO FINISHER
The handling of sand, cement, marble chips, and all other materials that may be used by the Mosaic Terrazzo Mechanic, and the
mixing, grinding, grouting, cleaning and sealing of all Marble, Mosaic, and Terrazzo work, floors, base, stairs, and wainscoting by
hand or machine, and in addition, assisting and aiding Marble, Masonic, and Terrazzo Mechanics.
Other Classifications of Work:
For definitions of classifications not otherwise set out, the Department generally has on file such definitions which are available. If
a task to be performed is not subject to one of the classifications of pay set out, the Department will upon being contacted state
which neighboring county has such a classification and provide such rate, such rate being deemed to exist by reference in this
document. If no neighboring county rate applies to the task, the Department shall undertake a special determination, such
special determination being then deemed to have existed under this determination. If a project requires these, or any
classification not listed, please contact IDOL at 217-782-1710 for wage rates or clarifications.
LANDSCAPING
Landscaping work falls under the existing classifications for laborer, operating engineer and truck driver. The work performed by
landscape plantsman and landscape laborer is covered by the existing classification of laborer. The work performed by
landscape operators (regardless of equipment used or its size) is covered by the classifications of operating engineer. The work
performed by landscape truck drivers (regardless of size of truck driven) is covered by the classifications of truck driver.
MATERIAL TESTER & MATERIAL TESTER/INSPECTOR I AND II
Notwithstanding the difference in the classification title, the classification entitled "Material Tester I" involves the same job duties
as the classification entitled "Material Tester/Inspector I". Likewise, the classification entitled "Material Tester II" involves the same
job duties as the classification entitled "Material Tester/Inspector II".
OAK BROOK - DEFINITIONS for TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 1
SECTION 00 91 18
DEFINITIONS for TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DEFINITIONS FOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
A. Wet Interior: Internal surfaces, excluding inaccessible areas, to the roof, shell,
bottom, accessories, and appurtenances that are exposed to the stored water or its
vapor. Examples are the interior of the roof, sidewall, transition cone, and exterior of
the access tube within the tank.
B. Dry Interior: Surfaces of the finished structure, excluding inaccessible areas, that are
not exposed to the elemental atmosphere or the stored water or its vapor. Examples
are the interior of the access tube, interior of the riser, and underside of the bowl
above the riser.
C. Exterior: External surfaces, excluding inaccessible areas, of the roof, sidewall, riser,
accessories, and appurtenances that are exposed to the elemental atmosphere.
D. Inaccessible Areas: Areas of the finished structure that, by virtue of the configuration
of the completed structure, cannot be accessed to perform surface preparation or
coating application (with or without the use of scaffolding, rigging, or staging).
Inaccessible areas include such areas as the contact surfaces of roof plate lap joints,
underside of roof plates where they cross supporting members, top surface of rafters
directly supporting roof plates, contact surfaces of bolted connections, underside of
column baseplates, contact surfaces of mating parts not intended to be removed or
disassembled during routine operation or maintenance of the structure and inside of
risers less than a nominal 36 in. diameter.
E. Sidewall: Vertical walls to the weld seam of the roof.
F. Access Tube: Cylindrical tube extending from top of the riser to the roof through the
tank, including all steel appurtenances (i.e. ladder, overflow pipe, brackets, etc.)
G. Condensate Platform: Platform that covers entire area of the dry riser and used to
collect and stop condensation from entering the basebell.
H. Top Platform: Landing area directly under tank’s access tube.
I. Basebell: Conic surfaces supporting the riser.
J. Roof: Very top of the structure, including top seam of sidewall.
K. Bottom: Lower area of the tank proper shaped like a cone.
L. Riser: Center support.
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULING for RPR SERVICES - 1
SECTION 00 91 19.01
ADDITIONS to GENERAL CONDITIONS
SCHEDULING for RPR SERVICES
PART 1 - COMMUNICATION
1.00 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (RPR) SERVICES
A. DIXON provides three types of RPR services or any combination of the three:
1. Hold Point Site Visits (sometimes called Critical Phase Visits) where RPR Services
are for defined Hold Point, where Work stops until that portion of Work is reviewed
on Site by a professional RPR.
2. Full Time RPR is a professional RPR staying in lodging away from home and
living on per diem expenses.
3. Daily RPR is a professional RPR living at home and traveling to Site on a daily
basis.
4. Based on the type of project the RPR services may change from Daily or Full Time
to Hold Point or from Hold Point to Daily or Full Time.
5. Intended Beneficiary: The onsite observation services for this project are for the
benefit of the Owner. There are no intended benefits to the contractor, or any other
third parties. Contractor still provides quality control (QC).
1.01 HOLD POINT OBSERVATIONS and MEETINGS
A. Each hold point requires an onsite visit for Observation. If the contractor coats over
or otherwise makes work inaccessible for Observation, the Work will be considered
failed. Remove Work and recoat in accordance with this specification. At least two
(2) new hold points, surface preparation and coating, may be created when Work fails
after the primer has been applied.
B. Stop Work and schedule Observation times for the following Hold Points as a
minimum. Additional Hold Points may be determined at the Preconstruction Meeting.
Each Hold Point requires a Site visit and observation. Schedule of Hold Points –
Preliminary:
1. Hold Point Meeting: The Preconstruction Meeting is included because it is a
meeting but also the primary hold Point. The Preconstruction Meeting will not be
scheduled until five (5) days after all required submittals are received and
reviewed by the Engineer and no exceptions are taken to the shop drawings.
2. Hold Point - Prior to draining tank:
a. To ensure all Section of 01 50 00 and 01 53 43 environmental requirements
are met.
3. Hold Points – Section 03 01 00.01 – Concrete Foundation Repairs.
a. To locate or quantify repairs as necessary.
b. To review surface preparation prior to concrete or grout installation and
review all products prior to installation.
c. After concrete or grout application is complete for quality assurance.
4. Hold Points – Section 05 00 00 – Metal Repairs:
a. To locate or quantify repairs as necessary.
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULING for RPR SERVICES - 2
b. To review surface preparation prior to welding and review all products prior
to installation.
c. After welding is complete for quality assurance.
5. Hold Points – Sections 09 97 13 – Steel Coating and 09 97 13.10 Steel Coating
Surface Preparation:
a. Prior to surface preparation to set the standard.
b. Prior to primer application to verify cleanliness, profile, thoroughness, and
ambient conditions for coating application.
c. Prior to application of each successive coat for quality assurance and ambient
conditions for the next coat.
d. Prior to final coat to verify all non-conformance issues have been resolved.
e. Scheduled pre-final Observation: Allow engineer access to all locations so a
complete punch list can be prepared. Final coat on ladders or other access
points can be delayed until after this Observation and included as a punch list
item.
f. Scheduled final Observation: After ALL punch list items have been
completed (including painting ladders), provide access to all items on the
punch list.
1.02 SCHEDULING for RPR SERVICES for HOLD POINT OBSERVATIONS
A. Prior to First Observation 48 hours advance Notice is required
B. All Subsequent Hold Points shall be scheduled 12 Hours (previous Day) in advance.
1. Scheduling with a Central Contract Administrator.
a. The Contract Administrator in charge of Scheduling for all projects is:
Aaron Eckert (269)-838-0622
b. Second Contract Administrator scheduling for all projects is:
Craig Springer (630)-417-6769
C. The Contract Administrator may be contacted by cell phone. If no answer a voice mail
may be left with all details of RPR request included, or
D. The Contract Administrator may be contacted by text to their cell phone.
E. If the Contract Administrator is not available DIXON’s base office for the Project may
be contacted during regular working hours.
F. Contacting a Project Manager for assistance shall be the last alternative.
G. Scheduling through an RPR is not an alternative for Hold Point Observation.
1.03 SCHEDULING FOR RPR SERVICES for FULL TIME of DAILY OBSERVATIONS
A. Productive Work
1. Do not start, continue, or complete any Productive Work if RPR is not present on
the project site.
2. Productive Work includes, but is not limited to, all elements of abrasive blast
cleaning, power washing, high pressure water jetting or high/low pressure water
cleaning, power tool cleaning, rigging, painting, punch list, and clean-up.
3. Preparation, mobilization, and containment erection, and other non-productive
work does not require observation if completed before the structure is removed
from service, nor does demobilization after tank is returned to service.
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULING for RPR SERVICES - 3
4. But if containment erection is completed while other productive work progresses,
an RPR is required.
5. If welding is completed for contracted work (antenna rails, painter’s rails, ladders,
etc.) during containment erection welding, then contracted work is considered
Productive Work and an RPR shall be present. Any spot painting during
containment erection is also considered Productive Work.
6. After the project has been completed and after all punch list items have been
completed, cure time and site clean-up, excluding any waste coating or abrasive
issues, are not considered Productive Work.
7. After the Project has been completed; complaints from Owner or neighbors
concerning health, environmental, or damage issues, or if there are still waste
coating or waste abrasive issues, these are considered Productive Work requiring
an RPR even after the structure is returned to service.
8. Essentially all work completed between out-of-service date and Substantial
Completion Date, excluding cure and disinfection, is considered Productive Work
and requires the presence of an RPR.
1.04 SCHEDULING WITH A CENTRAL CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR
A. The Contract Administrator in charge of Scheduling for all projects is: Aaron Eckert
(269)-838-0622
B. Second Contract Administrator scheduling for all projects is:
Craig Springer (630)-417-6769
C. The Contract Administrator may be contacted by cell phone. If no answer a voice mail
may be left with all details of RPR request included or
D. The Contract Administrator may be contacted by text to their cell phone.
E. If the Contract Administrator is not available DIXON’s base office for the Project may
be contacted during regular working hours.
F. Scheduling through a Project Manager is not an alternative.
1.05 SCHEDULING THROUGH ONSITE RPR
A. Scheduling through on site RPR completing Full Time or Daily RPR Services may be
considered a properly completed Request if completed by the foreman and RPR before
leaving site. If not completed on site then schedule through the Central Contract
Administrator.
1.06 SUMMARY OF SCHEDULING HOLD POINT OBSERVATIONS
A. Aaron Eckert (269)-838-0622
1. by phone
2. by text
3. by voice mail
B. Craig Springer (630)-417-6769
1. by phone
2. by text
3. by voice mail
C. Base Office during work hours
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULING for RPR SERVICES - 4
1. by phone
2. NO voicemail
D. Project Manager
1. by phone
1.07 SUMMARY OF SCHEDULING FOR FULL TIME OR DAILY OBSERVATIONS
A. Aaron Eckert (269)-838-0622
1. by phone
2. by text
3. by voice mail
B. Craig Springer (630)-417-6769
1. by phone
2. by text
3. by voice mail
C. Base Office during work hours
1. by phone
2. NO voicemail
D. RPR on site
E. Do NOT contact Project Manager
1.08 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Engineer and Owner shall have full access to the Site at reasonable times for their
Observation, testing, and Contractor’s personnel and equipment shall be available to
the Owner and Engineer/RPR to expedite Observations. Provide Owner, Engineer/RPR
proper and safe conditions for such access, including rigging, and advise them of
contractor’s site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply as applicable.
B. Contractor is responsible for all of Contractor’s manpower needs and scheduling and
Work to be completed. RPR is to be available to expedite the project and complete
their services with minimal interference of the Contractor’s Work. Successful project
completion is dependent on Contractor’s proper scheduling and use of RPR services.
C. Contractor is financially responsible for efficient scheduling of RPR services, See
Section 00 91 19.02.
1.09 DELAY in ARRIVAL of RPR
A. RPRs for Hold Point, Full – Time or Daily observations may be delayed by traffic or
other reason from arriving at the scheduled time. Contractor shall contact Contract
Administrator immediately if the RPR has not arrived at the scheduled time.
B. The Contract Administrator will locate the missing RPR, return to the Contractor with
a revised arrival time, and discuss with Contractor what other Work can be completed
until RPR arrives for Observation.
1.10 REJECTED DEFECTIVE WORK
A. All Productive Work completed without an RPR present shall be considered
Defective Work and rejected per the General Conditions. This includes Work
completed:
1. Without proper scheduling an RPR
OAK BROOK – SCHEDULING for RPR SERVICES - 5
2. Prior to the scheduled arrival of the RPR
3. When Day has been scheduled as a No Workday
4. When RPR is delayed and Contract Administrator has not been notified.
1.11 NON-CONFORMANCE REPORTS (NCR)
A. The RPR will issue a non-conformance report for every performance item, material,
or equipment supplied, and/or environmental situation that fails to meet requirements
of the specifications.
B. All Work in non-conformance will be considered Defective Work to be replaced,
repaired per terms of the General Conditions.
C. Do not start Work until all required equipment and RPR is on-site.
D. Immediately correct all environmental non-conformance to prevent an accident. If an
incident has already occurred, contact the proper governmental environmental agency
and conduct an immediate clean-up per their direction.
E. If the Nonconformance is issued because of equipment specified but not delivered,
repaired or replaced then the financial Set-off will be 140% * of the rental value of
equipment in non-conformance (i.e. non-working decontamination trailer, hand wash
facilities, are filtration units, etc.).
F. If the Nonconformance issued is because of noncompliance with environmental
equipment or practices the Set-off will be 140%* of the estimated cost of compliance.
*The costs of items E. and F. above are damage estimates. The cost of equipment
will be the rental charge from a reputable local dealer with 40% extra being for
operation cost. Cost of environmental compliance is the estimated cost of
compliance. The extra 40% is potential risk to the owner for non-conformance.
In no situation will the Owner assume liability.
G. All additional Engineering/RPR expenses incurred because of a nonconformance
report is subject to Set off by Owner.
OAK BROOK – CONTRACTOR’S FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY for RPR - 1
SECTION 00 91 19 .02
ADDITIONS to GENERAL CONDITIONS
CONTRACTOR’S FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR RPR
PART 1 - PROGRESS SCHEDULE and RPR SCHEDULE
1.00 Contractor is Financially Responsible for the Proper and Efficient use of RPR
Services
1.01 Progress Schedule
A. Per the General Conditions a Progress Schedule is required to be submitted. At the
Preconstruction meeting the Contractor shall submit a preliminary Progress Schedule.
This General Conditions of this contract as-bid restricts Work to 40 hours/ 8 hours per
day, 5 days per week. If the Owner has prior approved a more open schedule it is
noted in the Project Summary. Either prior approved in the Project Summary or not;
a Progress Schedule more aggressive than Monday through Friday, regular working
hours, will require submittal and discussion, at Preconstruction Meeting.
B. Once the Owner, at the Preconstruction meeting accepts a more aggressive schedule
the Contractor is responsible for all of the Contractor’s manpower scheduling and
Critical Path Work to maintain the Schedule.
C. Contractor shall complete a minimum 8 hours per day of Productive Work, which
should be calculated into the Schedule.
1.02 Contractor is Responsible for Proper end Efficient use of Hold Point RPR Services
A. Fees for Hold Point RPR Services are contracted with the Owner at a Unit Price and
are calculated to include the following: travel time to and from Site, reimbursable
expenses, observation and report time. Time required for Contractor to repair or
redo small areas that failed Observation, are not included in the unit price. Failure
may be minimal compared to all Work observed, but failed Work still must be
observed before proceeding. For minor failures that can be quickly repaired, the
Contractor may entirely at their option:
1. Accept a Non-Conformance for failed Observation
2. Request, the RPR wait for a reasonable period while repairs are completed.
3. Proceed with the next phase for all areas which have not failed, and “work
around” failed areas. The failed areas would then be observed at the next Hold
Point.
B. The Fee for extended onsite time, or a new Hold Point is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
1.02.1 Contractor’s Responsibility for Proper and Efficient Use of Full Time or Daily RPR
Services
A. It is the intention of the Owner, that the RPR fees be used to observe Productive
Work. Productive Work is defined in previous Section 00 91 19 .01 Scheduling for
RPR Services, with examples. The Owner will pay for all RPR service fees generated
observing Productive Work that meets specification requirements. Normally this will
OAK BROOK – CONTRACTOR’S FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY for RPR - 2
be the first time for most observations. But if Observation fails, then the Owner pays
for second observation, if it passes.
B. The Contractor will pay all RPR and/or Engineer fees generated by failed
Observations of Productive Work.
C. Availability of RPR and RPR’s ability to timely perform the required Services are
dependent on Contractor’s communication. RPR is to be available to meet the
Progress Schedule demands and complete RPR services with minimal interference of
the Contractor’s Work, if Contractor properly scheduled RPR Services.
1.02.2 Contractor is Responsible for Proper and Efficient Use of Daily or Full Time RPR
Services
A. Contractor Pays for RPR or Engineering Services resulting from:
1. Productive Work on a Holiday
2. Failed or Improper Scheduling,
3. Failure to Request Observation per Section 00 91 19 .01,
4. Less than 8 hours per day or On-Call Time as a result of:
a. Premature Request for RPR Services,
b. No show or late start,
c. Rejection of Work and/or Non-Conformance reports,
d. Equipment failure, insufficient manpower, materials or equipment
e. Weather reasons per 1.04.B.03
1.03 RPR Fee Calculation for Failed Observations
A. The basis for Fees assessed to Contractor is based on the Owner/DIXON contract.
Fees will be calculated in the same manner as in Owner/Engineer Agreement, i.e. if
the RPR is working at an overtime rate for Owner, then fee for unproductive services
will be documented at the same rate
1. Hold Point for Welding or Coating Observation, or extra Progress Meetings
a. The same Unit Price Fee as would be charged to Owner for each
respective Observation or meeting. Note the fee will be determined by the
Contract and may vary between types of Hold Point services.
b. Extended time at site charged at Regular Rate (See definition below)
2. Daily Observation shall be the same fee as charged to Owner from the
Owner/DIXON contract.
a. Minimum workday is 8 hours plus travel time
b. reimbursable mileage
3. Fulltime Observation Fee shall be the same as charged to Owner for the same
Service.
a. Minimum workday is 8 hours
b. Minimum work week is 40 hours
c. Reimbursable expenses/ Per Diem
4. Fees common to Full Time, Daily and Hold Points with extended stays, and On-
Call Time
a. Regular Pay for RPR is charged at the rate matching the RPR’s experience
and qualifications.
b. Overtime Rate is 1.5 times Regular Rate
OAK BROOK – CONTRACTOR’S FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY for RPR - 3
i. For all time worked on the actual holiday
ii. Weekend work by RPR
iii. For time over 40 hours. (The standard work week for overtime (over
40) begins on Monday as Sunday is already paid at overtime rate.)
B. Fees of misused or unnecessary Engineer/RPR Services will be documented and
submitted to the Owner for Set off.
C. The right to Set-off is a contracted right of Owner per the General Conditions, or
Additions to General Conditions, and the right to enforce those rights are at the
Owner’s discretion.
1.04 On–Call Time
A. RPR’s are professional personnel that get paid a minimum of 8 hours per day even
though the Contractor’s operations or methods results in less than an 8 hour day.
B. If the Contractor has scheduled a Workday, and if RPR is not free to spend the day at
RPR’s discretion or to be reassigned; then the RPR will be considered On-Call.
1. The RPR will be considered, if scheduled, on-call every morning and day unless
work is cancelled per Section 00 19 91.01.
2. For Daily observation the On - Call time will not exceed 8 hours, any travel time
should occur within that 8 hours.
a. Late Starts - Agreed start time will be scheduled with the Contract
Administrator at the Preconstruction Meeting.
b. The RPR’s on-call time starts at the agreed start time, if RPR is on Site
and available to Work, and On Call time continues until Work starts.
3. For weather reasons
a. 8 hours if adverse weather conditions were clearly forecast
b. Two hours plus time worked up to 8 hours or actual time worked if
greater; if forecast was less than 20% weather meeting definition of a
weather day.
4. For reasons other than weather, eight (8) hours will be considered minimum On-
Call Time. This includes, but is not limited to, equipment failure, insufficient
materials, damaged containment, etc.
C. Actual charged on-call time will be eight (8) hours, minus the number of hours
actually worked.
D. Overtime, Weekend, Holiday pay requirements apply to all on-call time pay. On-call
hours will count towards forty (40) hour week triggering overtime at forty (40) hours.
E. If Work is cancelled per requirements in Section 00 19 91.01 (by prior night) in
advance and RPR is notified in advance, there is no on call time.
F. If contractor schedules days off per Scheduling requirements, the inspector will return
to his/her home base and there will be no show time charges. Based on the Contract
the RPR may be entitled to Mobilization or Demobilization.
TABLE of CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EAST TANK
Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities .................................. 1-3
Section 01 53 43 – Protection of Environment ..................................................................... 4-6
Section 03 01 00.01 – Foundation Repairs ............................................................................ 7-8
Section 05 00 00 – Metal Repairs ......................................................................................... 9-14
Drawing 01a .... Existing Conditions – Top Platform
Drawing 01b .... Support and Platform Detail
Drawing 01c .... Platform Handrail
Drawing 02a .... Overflow Discharge
Drawing 02b .... 12 Inch Overflow Flap Gate
Drawing 03 ...... Mud Valve
Section 09 97 13 – Steel Coating ........................................................................................ 15-27
Section 09 97 13.10 – Steel Coating Surface Preparation................................................ 28-31
Section 09 97 13.13.08 – Wet Interior Steel Coating – 3 Coat Zinc Epoxy .................... 32-33
Section 09 97 13.19.03 – Dry Interior Steel Coating – Spot 2 Coat Epoxy .................... 34-35
Section 09 97 13.24.16 – Exterior Steel Coating – 3 Coat Epoxy Urethane ................... 36-38
Overcoat
Section 09 97 23.23.03 – Concrete Foundation Coating – 2 Coat Epoxy .............................39
Section 13 32 12 – Mixing System - Gridbee .................................................................... 40-43
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 1
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES and UTILITIES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor is fully responsible to provide and maintain temporary facilities and
utilities required for construction as described herein, and to remove the same upon
completion of work.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA No. 70-93.
2. National Electrical Code (NEC) and local amendments thereto.
3. Comply with any and all federal, state, and local codes and regulations, and utility
company requirements.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY and LIGHTING
A. Supply temporary lighting sufficient to enable Contractor to safely access all work
areas.
B. Electrical requirements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. No service
available to Contractor.
C. Provide, maintain, and remove temporary electric service facilities.
D. Facilities exposed to weather shall be weatherproof-type and electrical equipment
enclosure locked to prevent access by unauthorized personnel.
E. Contractor is to pay for and arrange for the installation of temporary services.
F. Patch affected surfaces and structures after temporary services have been removed.
G. Provide explosion-proof lamps, wiring, switches, sockets, and similar equipment
required for temporary lighting and small power tools.
2.02 WATER for CONSTRUCTION
A. Owner will provide water required for cleaning and other purposes.
B. Water use shall not exceed usage that might endanger the Owner’s water system’s
integrity.
2.03 SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide temporary sanitary toilet facilities conforming to state and local health and
sanitation regulations, in sufficient number for use by Contractor’s employees.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 2
B. Maintain in sanitary condition and properly supply with toilet paper.
C. Remove from site before final acceptance of work.
2.04 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide and maintain in working order a minimum of two (2) fire extinguishers and
such other fire protective equipment and devices as would be reasonably effective in
extinguishing fires.
2.05 DAMAGE to EXISTING PROPERTY
A. Contractor is responsible for replacing or repairing damage to existing buildings,
sidewalks, roads, parking lot surfacing, and other existing assets.
B. Owner has the option of contracting for such work and having cost deducted from
contract amount if the Contractor is not qualified to complete repairs, or fails to act in
a timely manner.
2.06 SECURITY
A. Security is not provided by Owner.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for loss or injury to persons or property where work is
involved, and shall provide security and take precautionary measures to protect
Contractor’s and Owner’s interests.
2.07 TEMPORARY PARKING
A. Parking for equipment and Contractor employees shall be designated and approved
by Owner.
B. Make arrangements for parking area for employees’ vehicles.
C. Any costs involved in obtaining parking area shall be borne by the Contractor.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall maintain and operate all temporary systems to ensure continuous
service.
B. Contractor shall modify and extend systems as work progress requires.
3.02 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary material and equipment when no longer required.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installation or use of temporary
facilities.
C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or
original condition.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 3
3.03 BARRIERS and ENCLOSURES
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain as long as necessary, adequate
barriers, warning signs or lights at all dangerous points throughout the work for
protection of property, workers, and the public. The Contractor shall hold the Owner
harmless from damage or claims arising out of any injury or damage that may be
sustained by any person or persons as a result of the work under the contract.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 4
SECTION 01 53 43
PROTECTION of ENVIRONMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Contractor in executing work shall maintain work areas, on-and-off site, free from
environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal, state, or local
regulations.
B. The Contractor is responsible for any and all clean-up that may be necessary and all
applicable costs for the same.
1.02 LAWS and REGULATIONS –
A. Environmental regulations may be met with different available technologies. It is
the Contractor’s sole responsibility to comply with these and all applicable
environmental regulations.
B. If a contamination occurs work will stop until cleanup is complete.
1.03 PROTECTION of SEWERS
A. Take adequate measures to prevent impairment of operation of existing sewer system.
Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth, or other debris from
entering sewer or sewer structure.
1.04 PROTECTION of WATERWAYS
A. Observe rules and regulations of local and state agencies, and agencies of U.S.
government prohibiting pollution of any lake, stream, river, or wetland by dumping of
refuse, rubbish, dredge material, or debris therein.
B. Provide containment that will divert flows, including storm flows and flows created
by construction activity, to prevent loss of residues and excessive silting of
waterways or flooding damage to property.
C. Comply with procedures outlined in U.S. EPA manuals entitled “Guidelines for
Erosion and Sedimentation Control Planning and Implementation,” Manual EPA-72-
015 and “Processes, Procedures, and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from all
Construction Activity,” Manual EPA 43019-73-007.
1.05 DISPOSAL of EXCESS EXCAVATED and OTHER WASTE MATERIALS
A. Dispose waste material in accordance with federal and state codes, and local zoning
ordinances.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 5
B. Unacceptable disposal sites include, but are not limited to, sites within wetland or
critical habitat, and sites where disposal will have detrimental effect on surface water
or groundwater quality.
C. Make arrangements for disposal subject to submission of proof to Engineer that
Owner(s) of proposed site(s) has valid fill permit issued by appropriate government
agency and submission of haul route plan, including map of proposed route(s).
D. Provide watertight conveyance for liquid, semi-liquid, or saturated solids that have
potential to leak during transport. Liquid loss from transported materials is not
permitted, whether being delivered to construction site or hauled away for disposal.
Fluid materials hauled for disposal must be specifically acceptable at selected
disposal site.
1.06 PROTECTION of AIR QUALITY
A. Contain paint aerosols and VOCs by acceptable work practices.
B. Minimize air pollution by requiring use of properly operating combustion emission
control devices on construction vehicles and equipment used by Contractor, and
encouraging shutdown of motorized equipment not actually in use.
C. Trash burning not permitted on construction site.
D. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of work, they shall not
cause air pollution.
1.07 PROTECTION from FUEL and SOLVENTS
A. Protect the ground from spills of fuel, oils, petroleum distillates, or solvents by use of
containment system.
B. Total paint, thinner, oils, and fuel delivered to and stored on-site cannot exceed
supplied capacity of spill containment provided (i.e. fuel and oil to be sized to exceed
possible spill).
C. Provide proper containment unit under fuel tank and oil reservoirs for all equipment
and fuel storage tanks.
D. Barrels of solvents, even for cleaning, are prohibited. Do not deliver paint thinners in
containers greater than five (5) gallons.
E. Disposal of waste fluids shall be in conformance with federal, state, and local laws
and regulations.
1.08 USE of CHEMICALS
A. Chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,
whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of other classification,
must show approval of U.S. EPA, U.S. Department of Agriculture, state, or other
applicable regulatory agency.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 6
B. Use of such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with
manufacturer’s written instructions and applicable regulatory requirements.
1.09 NOISE CONTROL
A. Conduct operations to cause least annoyance to residents in vicinity of work, and
comply with applicable local ordinances.
B. Equip compressors, hoists, and other apparatus with mechanical devices necessary to
minimize noise and dust. Equip compressors with silencers on intake lines.
C. Equip gasoline or oil-operated equipment with silencers or mufflers on intake and
exhaust lines.
D. Route vehicles carrying materials over such streets as will cause least annoyance to
public and do not operate on public streets between hours of 6:00 P.M. and 7:00
A.M., or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays unless approved by Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROJECT PROCEDURES
A. Applicable Regulations:
1. RCRA, 1976 – Resource Conservation and Recovery Act: This federal statute
regulates generation, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous
wastes nationally.
B. Use the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest (shipping paper) to use an off-site
hazardous waste disposal facility.
C. Federal, State and local laws and regulations may apply to the storage, handling and
disposal of hazardous materials and waste.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 7
SECTION 03 01 00.01
FOUNDATION REPAIRS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Repair of grout.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Codes, specifications, and standards referred to by number or title shall form a part of
this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. Latest revisions
shall apply in all cases.
1. “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318) and
Commentary (ACI 318R),” American Concrete Institute.
1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE and HANDLING
A. The contractor shall be responsible for the delivery, storage, and handling of
products.
B. Deliver in accordance with ASTM C94.
C. Promptly remove damaged or unsuitable products from the job site. Replace products
with undamaged, suitable products.
1.04 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of grout.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply all repair material within manufacturer’s guidelines.
1.06 COORDINATION and SCHEDULING
A. Contractor shall notify engineer a minimum of twenty-four hours before placing
concrete or grout repair material.
B. Do not place any repair material until surface preparation has been reviewed and
approved by engineer.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following ten (10) days prior to the preconstruction meeting:
1. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and Product Data Sheets:
a. Furnish from all suppliers Safety Data Sheets and product data sheets for all
applicable materials including, but not limited to, concrete, grouts admixtures,
sealers.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 8
b. Provide for employees one (1) copy of all data sheets at the job site for
employee access.
c. Provide one (1) hard copy and an electronic copy to the engineer.
d. No work may commence without the complete filing. All SDS shall conform
to requirements of SARA (EPCRA) Right-to-Know Act.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUT REPAIR
A. The standard to fill holes is a grout Sika 212 Grout as manufactured by Sika
Corporation.
B. Where backer rod is required, use ITP standard closed cell polyethylene foam
manufactured by Industrial Thero Polymers, Ltd., 2316 Delaware Ave., Suite 216,
Buffalo, NY 14216, 1-800-387-3847.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 GROUT REPAIR
A. Remove all loose, soft, or mottled grout from the between the baseplate(s) and tops of
the foundations. Removal of grout shall be hand, hammer, or chisel.
B. Pressure wash the grout using a minimum nozzle tip pressure of 2,000 psi. All
surfaces shall be free of all standing water or frost in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Surface to be Saturated Surface Dry (SSD)
C. Properly and thoroughly mix the grout in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations as a dry mix.
D. Place and tamp the grouting material between the baseplate and the foundation to
ensure there are no voids. Make vertically flush with the baseplate.
E. Payment is a separate line item “Grout Repair” based on the quantity of 3 lineal feet
which the owner reserves the right to increase, decrease or delete.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 9
SECTION 05 00 00
METAL REPAIRS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Steel Repair.
B. Surface Preparation of Lead Paint before Welding.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AWWA D100 Weld Standard
B. AWS Weld Standard
C. API 650 Standard
1.03 OMISSIONS
A. The specifications include all work and materials necessary for completion of the
work. Any incidental item(s) of material, labor, or detail(s) required for the proper
execution and completion of the work are included.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Ground Flush: Ground even with adjacent metal with no transition. This preparation
is intended for all removed items.
B. Ground Smooth: Ground welds to the point that no cuts or scratches occur when
rubbing your hand over the weld. Rebuild with weld any concavity discovered during
grinding. This preparation is intended for all newly added steel.
1.05 WORK INCLUDED
A. Install a gasket on the wet interior roof hatch.
B. Modify the top platform.
C. Reinstall the aluminum jacket sections on the fill/draw pipe.
D. Overflow pipe discharge modification.
E. Replace the mud valve.
F. Replace the access tube air gap seal.
G. Replace dry interior light bulbs.
H. Weld rigging lug on the bowl.
I. Remove abandoned antennas.
1.06 WORKMANSHIP
A. Provide material and workmanship necessary to produce a first-class job.
B. All weld spatter is to be removed.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 10
C. All removed items are to be ground flush with surrounding surface. All new welds
are to be ground smooth.
1.07 WELDER QUALIFICATIONS
A. Certified for type and position of weld specified.
B. The welder shall be specialized in industrial or heavy commercial welding and
experienced in rigging and elevated work.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
A. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) – for all items as required by law.
B. Welder’s certification.
C. Submit materials at least one (1) week prior to preconstruction meeting.
1.09 WORK SEQUENCING
A. The following is NOT a ways-and-means decision of the Contractor. It is accepted
and good painting practice and shall be completed by the Contractor in this specified
fashion:
1. Complete ahead of all cutting and welding all surface preparation, such as
removal of heavy metal bearing coating in the immediate area.
2. Complete all welding repairs prior to commencement of any power washing or
abrasive blast cleaning.
3. Do not install non-painted items or store on or in the tank until after painting has
been completed.
4. Remove existing items that are not to be painted after water cleaning, store in a
secure location.
5. Disassemble appurtenances with mating surfaces (i.e. overflow flap gate, vent
flange, etc.), surface prepare and coat mating surfaces and reassemble after
topcoat is dry.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL PLATING and OTHER STRUCTURAL SHAPES
A. General: ASTM – A36.
B. Rebar for ladder rungs: A706 Weldable Rebar.
2.02 BOLTS and NUTS
A. Stainless Steel
1. ASTM F594G – 316 Stainless Steel Bolts.
2. ASTM F594G – 316 Stainless Steel Nuts.
B. Galvanized Steel
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 11
1. ASTM A307 Grade A zinc coated Steel Bolts.
2. ASTM A307 Grade A zinc coated Nuts.
2.03 WELDS
A. Final – E70XX Electrodes.
B. Root – E60XX Electrodes.
C. Wire – ER70S Electrodes.
2.04 OVERFLOW SCREEN
A. Stainless steel wire mesh manufactured by McNichols Co. (800) 237-3820.
B. Use twenty-four (24) mesh 0.014-in. diameter or larger.
2.05 MUD VALVE
A. Babco-NFW 3 in. x 2.5 in.No Freeze Valve with a wrench as manufactured by
Superior Sales & Service, Inc. 2311 Plattsmouth, NE 68048, (402) 296-1010.
B. Hose material to be Goodyear Engineered Products NutriFlo suction and discharge
hose supplied by Veyance Technologies Fairlawn, OH 888-899-6354 or approved
equal.
2.06 SWING GATE
A. Universal Swing Gate as manufactured by SafeRack of Sumter, SC 866-761-7225.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ROOF HATCH GASKET
A. Install a gasket on the wet interior roof hatch cover.
B. Gasket to be ¼ inch EPDM or neoprene.
C. Install after the exterior coating is dry to the touch.
D. Apply gasket using adhesive, 3M Super Weatherstrip and Gasket Adhesive or
approved equal.
E. Payment is incidental to exterior painting.
3.02 MODIFY THE TOP PLATFORM
A. Extend the top platform to create a larger step-off onto the access tube ladder.
B. Modify the railings so there is a top rail and mid rail around the new platform section.
C. Welds to be 3/16” full fillet.
D. Install a swing gate at the riser ladder opening.
E. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
F. See Drawing 01a-01d.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 12
G. Payment is a separate line item “Top Platform Modification” which the owner
reserves the right to delete.
3.03 FILL PIPE INSULATION ALUMINUM JACKET
A. Reattach all loose insulation jacketing sections.
B. There are two sections lying on the condensate platform. Reinstall the jacketing
sections onto the fill/draw pipe.
C. Stagger splices and fasten with self-tapping stainless-steel screws.
D. Payment is incidental to the project.
3.04 OVERFLOW DISCHARGE MODIFICATION AND FLAP GATE
A. Modify the overflow discharge so it points downward and install a flap gate at the
pipe discharge.
B. Flap shall allow for closed positioning during non-flow conditions, and open
operation during overflow conditions.
C. Field verify existing overflow pipe dimensions. Lever arm configuration near hinge
may vary if prior written approval is granted by the Engineer.
D. Use steel plates as weights attached to the lever arm to assure complete closure at end
of cycle, number may need to be more than shown on the drawing to ensure complete
closure.
E. Use PVC or plastic washers and spacers between the hinge bolts and lever arm, use
enough washers to ensure a snug fit without damaging the coating during movement.
F. Weld a flange onto the new discharge end of the overflow pipe. Use ¼” steel plate,
flange size to match that of the flap gate outside diameter.
G. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
H. See Drawing 02a-02b.
I. Payment is a separate line item “Overflow Discharge Modification” which the Owner
reserves the right to delete.
3.05 MUD VALVE
A. Remove the existing mud valve from the bowl to the overflow pipe, reuse coupling
and drain line for the new valve installation if possible. Properly dispose of the
removed items.
B. Install a frost-free mud valve in the lowest section of the mud settling area. Coupling
shall be a heavy or extra heavy coupling and shall not extend more than ⅜ in. into wet
interior surfaces.
C. For the discharge, use hose attached to barbed fittings with band clamp and Schedule
40 pipe for connection to the overflow pipe. All threaded fittings to be coated with
pipe joint compound.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 13
D. The hose is to discharge into the overflow pipe. Cut a hole in the overflow (or use the
existing opening, enlarge as needed) and weld the pipe using ¼ in. full fillet.
E. Contractor to ensure that the discharge hose does not kink. Install adaptors as needed
to prevent kinking.
F. Attach a wrench on a chain to the valve for operating the valve. Chain to have a clip
or clasp for easy removal and use.
G. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
H. Weld one – 4 in. x 4 in. x ⅜ in. angle iron (height – top of valve entry into tank, plus
2 in.) to act as ice shield.
I. See Drawing 03.
J. Payment is a separate line item “Mud Valve” which the Owner reserves the right to
delete.
3.06 ACCESS TUBE AIR GAP SEAL
A. Furnish a 3/8 in. neoprene sheet to cover the air gap at the access tube.
B. Remove the existing sheeting, Contractor to properly dispose of removed items.
C. Attach neoprene sheet to the access tube using two (2) ½” wide stainless-steel
banding clamps using a make-a-clamp kit. The existing clamps can be reused if
possible
D. Work to be performed after the surface is surface prepared and coated per Sections 09
97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
E. Payment is incidental to the project.
3.07 REPLACE LIGHT BULBS
A. Replace all dry interior bulbs with LED light bulbs
B. Dry interior bulbs to be bright white LED bulbs with a minimum brightness of 800
lumens and a color of light at a minimum of 5,000K and a minimum rated life of
25,000 hours., size A19.
C. Change bulbs after all blast and paint equipment has been removed from the tank.
D. All bulbs to have the same color and brightness throughout the dry interior.
E. Payment is incidental to the project.
3.08 BOWL RIGGING LUG
A. Install a lug on the bowl above the top platform ladder opening for rigging rescue
cable/rope.
B. Lug to be 4 in. x 4 in. x ⅜ in. steel plate with a 2 in. diameter hole.
C. Weld using ⅜ in. full fillet welds.
D. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
E. Payment is incidental to wet interior repainting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 14
3.09 REMOVE ABANDONDED ANTENNAS
A. Remove the abandoned antennas on the tank. There are 1-2 antennas to remove.
B. Remove the antennas, cables, and mounting poles. Contractor to properly dispose of
removed items.
C. Grind flush any welds from the mounting pole if applicable.
D. Seal left after removing the antenna cables using silocone caulk.
E. Payment is incidental to the project.
PART 4 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS
4.01 WELD PREPARATION PRIOR to COATING
A. Prepare all new welds per NACE RPO 0178 prior to coating application. Grind
welds to category D.
4.02 SURFACE PREPARATION – PREWELDING – LEAD PAINT
A. The existing dry interior coating is known to contain lead.
B. Remove all coating 6-in. on both sides of welding area by abrasive blast cleaning or
vacuum shrouded power tool cleaning prior to any cutting or welding.
C. Chemical stripping or other method may be approved by the Engineer.
D. Absolutely do not begin any repair work until all adjacent coating is properly
removed.
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01aFile Name: a-existtopplat.dwgENGINEERING, INC.DIXONExisting Conditions - Top PlatformChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - East
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01bENGINEERING, INC.DIXONSupport and Platform DetailChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20File Name: b-topplatform.dwgOakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - East
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01cENGINEERING, INC.DIXONPlatform HandrailFile Name: c-topplatform.dwgChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - East
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01dENGINEERING, INC.DIXONHandrail detailFile Name: d-topplatform.dwgChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - East
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.ENGINEERING, INC.DIXONOverflow Dischargefile name: overflow extension.dwgDWG: 02aChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - East
Note: Not to Scale
DWG: 02b
File Name: 12in_flapgate.dwg
ENGINEERING, INC.
DIXON
12" Overflow Flap Gate
Checked By: JVR
Drawn By: TMF Date: 07/15/20
Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - East
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.
File Name: bowlbabcovalve.dwg
ENGINEERING, INC.
DIXON
Mud Valve
DWG: 03Checked By: JVR
Drawn By: TMF Date: 07/15/20
Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - East
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 15
SECTION 09 97 13
STEEL COATING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting of steel structures.
B. Interior cleaning and disinfection.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AWWA Standards:
1. D102 – 17 Painting Steel Water Storage Tanks.
2. C652 – Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities.
3. C655 – Field Dechlorination.
B. NSF/ANSI
1. NSF/ANSI 61
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Exterior: Apply a three (3) coat epoxy urethane system.
B. Wet Interior: Apply a three (3) coat zinc epoxy system, apply a polyurethane caulk to
the roof lap seams. The cathodic protection system is to be removed, and reinstalled
by the owner’s vendor, coordination and payment is the contractor’s responsibility.
C. Dry Interior: Apply a spot two (2) coat epoxy system to the prepared surfaces.
1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Exterior: Acrylic overcoat system applied in 2007. The coating tested for lead at
0.0027% by weight.
B. Wet Interior: Epoxy system applied in 2007 over a SSPC-SP10 near white blast
standard.
C. Dry Interior: Spot epoxy repairs performed in 2007. The Original system was tested
for lead at 0.13% by weight.
1.05 OMISSIONS or INCIDENTAL ITEMS
A. It is the intent of these specifications to coat the structure for the purpose of corrosion
protection on wet interior surfaces. It is the intent to coat the exterior for corrosion
protection and aesthetics.
B. Any small or incidental items not specifically detailed in the schedule, but obviously
a part of the work are included in the work at no additional cost to the Owner.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 16
C. Engineer, as interpreter of the specifications, will determine if disputed items fall
under this category. Prevailing custom and trade practices will be considered in this
determination.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
B. Submit the following with your annual prequalification:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Programs and certification that all site personnel
have been trained as required by law.
C. Submit the following ten (10) days prior to the preconstruction meeting:
1. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and Product Data Sheets:
a. Furnish from all suppliers Safety Data Sheets and product data sheets for all
applicable materials including, but not limited to, paints, thinners, cleaners,
degreasers, and abrasive materials.
b. Provide for employees one (1) copy of all data sheets at the job site for
employee access.
c. Provide one (1) hard copy and an electronic copy to the Engineer.
d. No work may commence without the complete filing. All SDS shall conform
to requirements of SARA (EPCRA) Right-to-Know Act.
2. Ventilation Design Plan. Include airflow calculations and model, and number of
fans.
3. Dehumidification/Heat Design Plan. Include airflow calculations, model, number
of units used, connection details, and power source.
4. Fall Prevention Plan and Site Specific Fall Hazard Evaluation:
a. Site specific plan to contain a generic drawing of the existing structure and
appurtenances of this structure and reflect safety changes specified for this
project.
b. Certifications for all spiders, scaffolding, stages, etc. to be used on the project.
All certifications to be current, less than one year old.
D. Submit the following at the preconstruction meeting:
1. Designated OSHA Competent Person and qualifications, if not previously
submitted.
E. Submit the following within two (2) weeks of project completion with final pay
request:
1. Waste manifest, waste hauler and disposal facility. Required only if waste is
hazardous.
2. Waivers of lien.
3. Copies of any formal worker safety or environmental citations received on the
project.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 17
1.07 OWNER RESPONSIBILITY
A. Drain the structure with a seven (7) day notice after Contractor meets all precedent
conditions of the contract.
B. Fill the tank and draw samples and test after chlorination; responsibility of good
results remains with the Contractor. Poor test results could result in added costs to
Contractor, including re-chlorination, cost of water, plus possible liquidated damages.
1.08 DELIVERY and STORAGE of MATERIAL
A. Submit manufacturer’s invoice, with or without paint cost, to the Engineer for review.
This submittal will be used to identify the quantity of paint recommended by the
manufacturer for a job of this size and design and will be used to check the quantity
actually delivered to the project.
B. Cover bulk materials subject to deterioration because of dampness, weather, or
contamination, and protect while in storage.
C. Maintain materials in original, sealed containers, unopened and with labels plainly
indicating the manufacturer’s name, brand, type, grade of material, and batch
numbers.
D. Remove from the work site containers that are broken, opened, water marked, and/or
contain caked, lumpy, or otherwise damaged materials. They are unacceptable.
E. Store the material in a climate controlled designated area where the temperature will
not exceed the manufacturer’s storage recommendations. Heat the storage area to the
manufacturer’s recommended minimum mixing temperature.
F. Keep equipment stored outdoors from contact with the ground, away from areas
subject to flooding, and covered with weatherproof plastic sheeting or tarpaulins.
G. Store all painting materials in a location outside the structure.
H. Do not store or have on-site unapproved material, material from different
manufacturers, or materials from different projects.
1.09 ACCESS and INSPECTOR SAFETY
A. Provide access to all portions of the project where work is being completed. Access
must be close enough and secure enough to allow inspector to use inspection
equipment without extensions.
B. Provide personnel to assist with access and to ensure Contractor’s access equipment
is safely used.
C. Provide separate fall protection devices and safety lines for the Owner and inspectors.
Limit fall to 5 ft. vertically.
D. These specifications require the Contractor to supply a separate fall protection cable
and safety grab for each tie-off point for the inspector’s use. The Contractor is
encouraged to provide a separate cable and tie-off for each worker. The cables may
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 18
be connected to the same tie-off point as the inspector’s, but a separate cable and
safety grab are required for each user.
1.10 INSPECTION and TESTING
A. Prior to the scheduled inspection, remove all dust, spent abrasive, and foreign
material from the surface to be coated.
B. The Contractor is to furnish an instrument for measuring the wet film thickness, and
also a calibrated instrument for measuring dry film thickness of each field coat of
paint. The dry film thickness testing gauge shall be the magnetic type as
manufactured by Elcometer Co., or the Nordson Gauge Co.; spring loaded model
with two percent (2%) accuracy margin over a range of one-to-twenty-one (1-21) mils
or equal.
C. The Engineer will furnish and operate inspection equipment for their own use as
quality assurance.
D. Certify to the Owner that the specified paint has been applied at the paint
manufacturer’s recommended coverage, and to the specified thickness required.
Also, certify that the paint has been applied in accordance with this contract.
E. Take all necessary steps, including dry striping by brush or roller, to ensure a holiday-
free coating system.
F. The wet interior coatings are subject to low voltage holiday testing.
G. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to perform destructive testing under
conditions deemed necessary. Testing may include, but is not limited to, the Tooke
thickness test and adhesion testing. Any damage caused by these tests will be
corrected to specifications at the Contractor’s expense.
1.11 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply paint when the temperature, as measured in the shade, is below the
manufacturer’s required ambient and surface temperatures.
B. Do not apply paint to wet or damp surfaces, or during rain, snow, or fog.
C. Do not apply paint when it is expected the relative humidity will exceed 85%, or the
surface temperature is less than 5º above dew point, or the air temperature will drop
below the manufacturer’s requirements for proper cure. Anticipate dew or moisture
condensation, and if such conditions are prevalent, delay painting until the inspector
is satisfied the surfaces are dry.
1.12 APPLICATION
A. Complete all painting and surface preparation in strict accordance with these
specifications, approved paint manufacturer’s specifications, and good painting
practices per SSPC.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 19
B. Apply each coating at the rate and in the manner specified by the manufacturer.
Check the wet film thickness every 200 sq. ft. to ensure each coat applied meets the
dry film thickness range requirements.
C. Allow sufficient time for each coat of paint to dry and cure. Allow a minimum of
twenty-four (24) hours between coats, unless product requirements have a maximum
time less than 24 hours.
D. Apply exterior coating by brush and roller only. Spray application is not permitted
without prior approval of the Engineer. Even with prior approval, responsibility for
damage still remains with the Contractor.
E. Painting may be delayed because of poor coverage or the potential damage from
overspray and/or dry spray. In all cases, responsibility for damages rests with the
Contractor.
F. The Contractor is responsible for the appearance of the finished project and is warned
to prevent contact with any freshly applied coating. Removal of rigging shall be
completed so not to mar or damage the coating.
G. Coatings shall be applied using methods to eliminate roller or spray marks in the
finished product on the exterior.
H. Stripe the wet interior prior to the application of the final coat.
I. Additional coats required for coverage or to eliminate roller marks, spray marks and
to repair dry spray and overspray are the responsibility of the Contractor at no
additional cost to the Owner.
J. Use of pole extension on spray guns is prohibited for all paint application.
K. Mixing of partial kits is not permitted. All partial cans of coating must be removed
from the site.
L. Mixing blades to be clean. The Engineer has the right to reject mixing blades based
on cleanliness or paint build-up. Do not use the same mixing blade for different
coatings (i.e. epoxy and urethane coatings).
1.13 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A. Furnish two (2) pressure relief valves.
B. The valves shall be Aquatrol series 69F1 or approved equal.
C. Valves will need to be fitted with hydrant thread adaptor. Valves to be adjustable with
range a minimum of 30 to 90 psi. Set valve at 60 psi.
D. Supply three (3) days prior to draining of the structure.
E. After work to the structure and successful disinfection have been completed, the
Owner will return the valves to the possession of the Contractor.
F. Cost shall be incidental to project cost.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 20
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 COLOR
A. Exterior Coatings:
1. Supply the Engineer with a color chart to allow the Owner ample time for the
exterior topcoat color selection.
2. Factory tint the intermediate coat(s) for all areas of the structure if similar to the
finish coat. Tinting shall be sufficient to allow visibility of the dissimilar color
from 1 ft., and from 100 ft.
3. After evaluating the bids, the Owner shall select the color. All bids shall be based
on common “white” color. The Owner recognizes the additional cost for deep
color paints. After the color has been selected, document the difference in cost
and quantity used for the selected color and the Owner will issue a Change Order
for the exact cost differential only.
4. Documentation of additional cost is the responsibility of the Contractor and must
be supplied two (2) weeks before application. If necessary, documentation is not
supplied, any additional cost will be borne by the Contractor. If
selection/application time is less than two (2) weeks, then as soon as possible.
The Owner has the right to switch to a less expensive color; therefore, the
Contractor must submit cost before ordering paint.
B. Wet Interior and Dry Interior Coatings:
1. The color is to be a different tint between coats. Tinting to be performed in the
factory.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. All coatings specified and approved herein have met or exceeded a specified list of
ASTM standards. The materials specified are the standard to which all others shall be
compared.
B. The purpose is to establish a standard of design and quality, and not to limit
competition.
C. Other manufacturers wishing to have their products approved have also had their
coatings tested using the same representative of Dixon Engineering, Inc., and the
same test methods.
D. Approval by ANSI/NSF Standard 61 is also a requirement for potable water contact
coatings.
E. The selection of coatings also has taken into consideration the manufacturer’s current
and past performance on availability, stocking, and shipping capabilities, ability to
resolve disputes, and any applicable warranties.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 21
2.03 DEHUMIDIFICATION and HEATING – WET INTERIOR
A. Supply dehumidification/heating units capable of maintaining dew point temperature
lower than 15º below surface temperature during blasting and lower than 5º during
coating application and cure, and steel temperature maintained above the
manufacturer’s printed requirements.
B. Supply a dehumidifier designed with a solid desiccant having a single rotary
desiccant bed capable of continuous operation, with fully automatic operation. Do
not use liquid desiccant, granular, or loose lithium chloride drying systems.
Refrigerant systems may be used in conjunction with desiccant units.
C. Plumbing, noise control, insulation, venting, and all incidental items needed to
provide proper ambient conditions shall be included as one package.
D. Supply and maintain a power source for the dehumidifier and heater, unless otherwise
specified.
2.04 DUST COLLECTORS – AIR FILTRATION UNITS
A. Furnish and use a dust collector during all blasting work.
B. Units to be equal in filtration capacity to Eagle Industries dust collectors. Other units
may be used, but their substitution will be evaluated on efficiency at 0.5 micron size
and airflow movement.
C. Use 20,000 CFM minimum for wet interior work.
D. Substitution of steel grit blasting may decrease the requirements above. New
requirements will be defined by the Engineer based on the efficiency of the
Contractor’s equipment.
E. Furnish HEPA filters for dust collection.
F. Number of dust collectors shall be sufficient to supply a 50 ft./minute downward draft
at most areas. An average may be considered. Determination of actual containment
plan will be the deciding factor. Calculations of airflow shall be included in the
containment submittal.
G. Use only new filters or filters certified clean.
2.05 EQUIPMENT COVERING
A. Use material that is 8 – 10 mils thick, and 100% impermeable to all vulnerable
equipment.
B. Use material resistant to tear and/or rip by mechanical action from abrasive blasting
during blasting operations.
C. Make coverings airtight by use of duct tape at the openings, or other suitable
measures.
D. Meet with representative of equipment Owner to verify covering will not damage
equipment. Damage is the Contractor’s responsibility. This includes not only the
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 22
Owner’s equipment, but also telecommunication antennas, cables, buildings, controls,
etc.
2.06 AIR DRYER for COMPRESSOR
A. Use air dryers sufficient to remove 98% of the moisture from the compressed air.
Size the dryers on total cfm using manufacturer supplied charts. Upon request,
supply charts to Engineer for verification.
B. If the dryer fan is not operable, cease all blasting until the dryer is replaced or
repaired.
C. Supply air dryer with an air draw-off valve to check air for dryness, oil
contamination, and cleanliness on the outlet side of the air dryer.
D. For cleaning operations, draw clean air from the outlet side of the air dryer.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 DISINFECTION
A. Disinfect the completely painted structure in accordance with AWWA Standard C652
Chlorination Method No. 3.
B. Furnish the material and labor necessary to disinfect the structure in the required
manner. Assist Owner during filling.
C. Do not allow water to enter the distribution system until satisfactory bacteriological
test results are received.
D. Owner is responsible to collect two consecutive bacteriological samples, 24 hours
apart, following disinfection. Satisfactory results are required before the tank can be
returned to service.
E. Water drained to waste may not contain any substances in concentrations that can
adversely affect the natural environment. No total residual chlorine may be measured
in water discharged to surface water. It is recommended that the water be
dechlorinated per AWWA C655F Field Dechlorination.
F. Pay all additional expenses if it is necessary to repeat the testing and disinfection
procedure as a result of defective work.
3.02 PROTECTION of NON-WORK AREAS
A. Protect all non-blasted/painted surfaces prior to all abrasive blast cleaning/painting.
B. Thoroughly cover the fill/drain pipe, overflow pipe, and all other openings. Do not
permit abrasive or paint chips to enter into the piping or distribution system. Use
watertight seals on the pipes.
C. Protect and seal all controls and electrical components (even if they are not in the
immediate work area) that are in danger from the project. Coordinate with the Owner
so all controls are shut down and/or vented if necessary.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 23
3.03 ANTENNA SYSTEM PROTECTION
A. There are two antennas mounted on the roof. The number of antennas listed are from
the last known condition, the Contractor is to field verify number of antennas.
B. There are cables routed from the ground up to the antennas with miscellaneous
sensitive equipment mounted on the structure and control equipment/buildings
located on the ground.
C. Use material that is 100% impermeable to cover and protect all antennas, antenna
cables, and antenna controls/buildings.
D. Use material resistant to tear by mechanical action from abrasive blasting, power
washing and coating application.
E. Payment for damage to antennas, antenna cables, miscellaneous equipment and/or
antenna controls/buildings is the responsibility of the Contractor.
F. Contact the Owner of each set of antennas one (1) week prior to the beginning of
construction. Name of antenna companies will be available at the preconstruction
meeting.
G. Antennas may remain in service during the project. The Contractor is responsible for
their own RF safety. Contractor to provide a minimum of one RF monitor for
employees on site for the duration of the project.
3.04 ANTENNA EQUIPMENT COATING
A. Antenna equipment is to be surface prepared and coated to match the exterior tank per
these specifications including but not limited to: brackets and mounting poles.
B. All previously coated items are to be coated per the exterior specifications. Any
galvanized, stainless steel or other uncoated materials are to remain uncoated.
C. Cost is incidental to the project.
3.05 DEHUMIDIFICATION/HEATING
A. Control the environment with dehumidification equipment twenty-four (24) hours a
day during blast cleaning, coating operations, and 48 hours after the topcoat
(including holiday touch-ups and repairs are performed) as a minimum to maintain
ambient conditions until cure completion.
B. Supply sufficient dry air to assure the air adjacent to surfaces to be abrasive blast
cleaned or coated does not exceed minimum required humidity at any time during the
blasting, coating, or curing cycle.
C. Monitor and record ambient conditions twenty-four (24) hours a day throughout
abrasive blast cleaning and painting work (use Polygon Exact Aire, DRYCO
ClimaTrack, DH Tech HOBOU30 data logger, or approved equal). Monitor to be
capable of being programmed with condition parameters and of alerting Contractor,
Engineer and Owner via phone or e-mail of condition or equipment failures.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 24
D. Contractor to manually test interior ambient conditions three (3) times a day, or more
often with rapid weather changes. Record daily readings. Adjust or add equipment
as required to maintain steel temperatures, dew point, and humidity. (This is in
addition to the monitor with recorder noted above).
E. Use a minimum 2,000 CFM dehumidification capacity for all wet interior work.
F. Surround the units with noise suppressant enclosures, unless units are sound
attenuated or have noise suppressants. More extensive enclosure requirements are
required in residential areas where the machines must run all night. Noise
suppressant level needed will depend on the size of the dehumidification units, their
efficiency, and their locations. Provide noise suppressant enclosures of sufficient
height and thickness to lower noise to an acceptable level for neighbors. Also
provide noise suppressant enclosures for generators.
G. Auxiliary heaters may be necessary to maintain the surface temperature at a level
acceptable to the coating manufacturer’s application parameters. The auxiliary
equipment must be approved for use by the manufacturer of the dehumidification
equipment and shall meet the following requirements. Auxiliary ventilation
equipment and/or dust collection equipment can affect the exchange rate.
1. Heaters shall be installed in the process air supply duct between the dehumidifier
and the work, as close to the work as possible. Air heaters are not acceptable as a
substitute for dehumidification without approval.
2. Use only electric or indirect gas fired auxiliary heaters. No direct fired space
heaters will be allowed during blasting, coating, or curing phase.
H. Seal off the work, allowing air to escape at the bottom of the space away from the
point where the dehumidified air is being introduced. Maintain a slight positive
pressure in the work unless the dust from the blasting operation is hazardous.
I. Where necessary to filter the air escaping the space, design the filtration system to
match the air volume of the dehumidification equipment in such a way that it will not
interfere with the dehumidification equipment’s capacity to control the space as
described herein. Do not re-circulate the air from the work or from filtration
equipment back through the dehumidifier when coating or solvent vapors are present.
Outside air is to be used during those periods.
J. Securely attach duct work to the equipment and work to minimize air loss. Design
hoses with sufficient capacity and minimal bends to reduce friction loss.
K. Dehumidification and its operating power source are incidental to the respective
painting project (wet or dry interior).
L. Set-up and operate equipment twenty-four (24) hours (or earlier) prior to start of
blasting.
3.06 DUST CONTAINMENT – INTERIOR
A. Do everything within the Contractor’s power to minimize dust as a nuisance.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 25
B. No visible dust release is allowed from roof openings and other access openings.
Seal or close all openings prior to blasting (see ventilation requirements).
C. Connect the air filtration unit directly to a manhole extension.
D. Design the manhole extension to allow access of hoses through a side exit that is
sealable after hoses are in-place. Install the air filtration unit directly to the end of the
extension.
E. Seal of the side exit will be tested by holding a smoke agent 6 in. outside the seal with
the air filtration unit operating. If smoke is drawn to the seal area, additional sealing
will be necessary.
F. The Contractor may reverse this operation by connecting the air filtration unit to the
roof manhole and sealing around the hose. Also seal the roof vent. A sealed semi-
rigid structure also may be used where employees have access through a side door.
90% of the air draw must be from the tank proper.
G. Construct the semi-rigid structure from 8 ft. x 8 ft. x 6 ft. high scaffold framing and
cover with tarps, with all edges lapped 2 ft. minimum and an overlapped
entranceway.
3.07 VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Supply mechanical ventilation sufficient to change air in the tank six (6) times each
hour.
B. In calculating air exchange, the dust collector air capacity can be considered a part of
the air being changed up to 50% of ventilation requirements.
C. Use the roof or access tube/bowl manways with fans to move the required air.
D. Ventilate wet interior areas a minimum of seven (7) days after completion of painting,
or longer until the wet interior coating has fully cured. Maintain ventilation at the
rate of two (2) complete air changes per hour. The Owner reserves the right to
perform a MEK Solvent Double Rub Test per ASTM D 4752 to verify the cure of the
coating film prior to returning the tank to service.
E. Cost of ventilation is incidental to the project.
F. Additional ventilation openings may have to be installed by the Contractor. Submit
size, details, and location(s) for approval by the Owner prior to cutting any opening.
All costs associated with repairs by a certified welder are incidental
G. Connect the air filtration unit per Section, Dust Containment – Interior. All fans at
the bottom wet interior manhole may blow out into the dry interior, forcing the dust
down. Zero release to the atmosphere will be permitted.
3.08 HAND WASH FACILITY
A. Provide OSHA approved hand wash facility with running water. Hot water is not
required.
B. Stock facility with soap and towels and keep supply replenished.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 26
C. Test water and dispose of properly after job is completed.
3.09 LIGHTING of WORKSPACE
A. Provide durable lighting fixtures designed for the intended work environment for use
during blasting, painting, and during all inspections.
B. Encase portable lamps in a non-conductive, shatterproof material. Use only heavily
insulated cable with an abrasive resistant casing.
C. Install all temporary electrical items in accordance with all local, state, and federal
codes, including OSHA.
D. Protect from paint overspray and damage from abrasive materials.
E. Measure required illumination during surface preparation and coating application at
the work surface. Supply 20 ft. candles minimum illumination during blasting and
painting, and 30 ft. candles minimum prior to and during inspection, per SSPC-Guide
12. Inspect the prepared surface at the higher illumination prior to calling for
inspection. All work must conform to specification requirements prior to the
scheduled inspection.
F. Measure the illumination at the work surface in the plane of the work.
PART 4 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS
4.01 CATHODIC PROTECTION REMOVAL
A. Remove existing cathodic protection anode system from the tank, including ropes and
wires.
B. Install new anode wires and mounting hardware as needed and replace all reference
cells. Work shall be performed by existing Owner supplier and must meet AWWA
D104 requirements.
C. Cost is incidental to wet interior repainting.
4.02 SCHEDULING
A. Complete all welding and any other work that damages the coating before paint
operations begin, including surface preparation. The exception is paint removal in the
weld area.
B. If Contractor wants a variance in this schedule, request the change and give reason in
writing to the Owner. The project manager will reply with a written Field Order if
change is approved. Engineer reserves the right to put further restrictions in Field
Order. If Contractor objects to restrictions, he may revert to the original
specifications.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 27
4.03 GRASS RESTORATION
A. The Contractor is to report any damaged ground at the construction site in writing
prior to mobilization of equipment, otherwise all repairs to the damaged ground will
be the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Refill all holes, ruts etc. with clean topsoil, and level area around the construction site
to the original grade.
C. Fill material to be clean soil, no gravel, rocks or construction debris is to be used as
fill material without the Owner’s consent.
D. Bring soil to a friable condition by disking, harrowing, or otherwise loosening and
mixing to a depth of 3 in. – 4 in. Thoroughly break all lumps and clods.
E. Rake area to be seeded. Sow seed at a minimum rate of 220 lbs/acre. Use seed
intended for the climate.
F. Work to be completed to the Owner’s satisfaction.
G. Cost is incidental to exterior painting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 28
SECTION 09 97 13.10
STEEL COATING SURFACE PREPARATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Full Field Abrasive Blasting.
B. Power Tool Cleaning.
C. High Pressure Water Cleaning.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AWWA Standards:
1. D102-17 Painting Steel Water Storage Tanks.
B. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. SP11 – Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.
2. SP10/NACE No. 2 – Near-White Metal Abrasive Blast.
3. SP12/NACE No. 5 – High and Ultra High Pressure Water Jetting.
4. VIS 1 (Visual standard for abrasive blasted metal).
5. VIS 3 (Visual standard for hand and power tool cleaned metal).
1.03 WORK INCLUDED – SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Exterior: High pressure water clean (5,000 to 10,000 psi), spot power tool clean to a
SSPC-SP11 standard
B. Wet Interior: Abrasive blast clean to a SSPC-SP10 near-white metal standard.
C. Dry Interior: Spot power tool clean coating failures throughout to a SSPC-SP11
standard.
1.04 WASTE AND SOIL SAMPLING
A. Sample waste and send to a NLLAP certified lab and test for TCLP for eight (8)
metals (Arsenic, Barium, Cadmium, Chromium, Lead, Mercury, Selenium and
Silver).
B. The Owner reserves the right to collect samples and to send them to their selected lab.
This will be determined at the preconstruction meeting.
C. Pay all lab fees for eight (8) metals TCLP analysis on waste samples.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EXTERIOR TANK CLEANER
A. United 727 Weather-Zyme as manufactured by United Laboratories, 320 37th Ave.,
St. Charles, IL 60174 1-800-323-2594.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 29
2.02 ABRASIVE – COAL SLAG
A. The coal slag shall be 20-40 grade, or 30-60 grade.
B. The abrasive shall be free of moisture, water soluble contaminants, dust, and oil.
C. The abrasive shall be stored and covered to prevent moisture contamination.
D. All leaking or spilling bags shall be removed, and affected areas properly cleaned.
E. All slag abrasive shall meet the requirements of SSPC-AB1 “Mineral and Slag
Abrasive” June 1, 1991-Grade 3.
F. The use of silica sand, flint sand, and glass beads is prohibited.
G. All abrasive and grit material used, and all equipment supplied shall be subject to
approval of the Engineer. The abrasive or grit shall be sharp enough and hard enough
to remove the mill scale, rust, and paint.
2.03 RECYCLABLE STEEL GRIT – ALTERNATE
A. Use recyclable steel grit size G-25 or G-50.
B. The abrasive is to be free of moisture, water soluble contaminants, dust, and oil.
C. The abrasive is to be stored and covered to prevent moisture contamination.
D. All leaking or spilling containers are to be removed, and affected areas properly
cleaned.
E. All recyclable steel grit shall meet requirements of SSPC-AB1 “Metallic Abrasive”
June 1, 1991.
F. All abrasive and grit material used, and all equipment supplied shall be subject to
approval of the Engineer. The abrasive or grit shall be sharp enough and hard enough
to remove the mill scale, rust, and paint.
Using steel grit in the dry interior will require extra clean-up when there is
insulation on the fill pipe. The insulation and insulation jacketing on the fill/draw
pipe will need to be removed for the sections within 4 feet above each platform.
The removed insulation and jacketing is to be cleaned and reinstalled to original
conditions.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 PRE-SURFACE PREPARATION – WET INTERIOR
A. Low pressure water clean at 4,000 psi all surfaces and appurtenances to remove
sediment, minerals, and other contaminants.
B. Staining may remain in place prior to abrasive blast cleaning, Engineer to approve
cleanliness.
3.02 NEAR-WHITE METAL (SSPC-SP10) DRY BLAST – WET INTERIOR
A. Abrasive blast clean all surfaces and appurtenances to a near-white metal finish
(SSPC-SP10), latest edition thereof.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 30
B. Maintain a profile of 2.0 – 3.0 mils on abrasive blast cleaned surfaces.
C. All interior abrasive blast cleaning is to be completed and all spent abrasive removed,
and surfaces thoroughly cleaned prior to any primer application.
D. Once an area is acceptable for painting, apply all coats and allow coating to cure to
touch prior to resumption of blasting or blast the entire tank before painting, use
dehumidification to hold the blast. It is the Contractor’s discretion and responsibility
to determine if the entire tank is to be blasted, or what size is to be blasted and coated
(all coats).
E. The Contractor is responsible for supplying heat and dehumidification to maintain
blast conditions.
3.03 HIGH PRESSURE WATER CLEANING - EXTERIOR
A. Solvent clean all visible grease, oil, salt, algae, and residue in accordance with SSPC-
SP1.
B. High pressure water clean all exterior surfaces and appurtenances at 5,000 – 10,000
psi to remove all dirt, chalk, algae, other foreign material, and all brittle or loose
coating, rust, and mill scale. Operational pressure will be determined by the Engineer
based on field conditions.
C. Maintain a water jet nozzle distance of 2 in. – 10 in. away from the surface.
D. Hold the water jet nozzle with 0º - 15º tip perpendicular (90º) to the surface at all
times.
E. Only use machines rated at and capable of achieving and maintaining 10,000 psi. Use
of a rotating/reciprocating nozzle during water cleaning is permitted but not to
increase the pressure of a washer rated lower than required.
F. Do NOT exceed a rate of 10 sq. ft./minute.
G. The gauge measuring time of use must be operational on the unit, if not operational
the Contractor may be shut down and/or deducted price for rental of an operational
unit from the final payment.
H. Feather all edges using power tools per this specification.
3.04 POWER TOOL CLEAN (SSPC-SP11) - EXTERIOR
A. Solvent clean all visible grease, oil, salts, and residue.
B. Power tool clean all surfaces and appurtenances to bare metal (SP11) in areas where
steel is exposed or rusted, or where coating is abraded.
C. Retain or produce a surface profile. Surface profile shall be greater than 1.0 mil.
D. Edges of adjacent coating shall be feathered a minimum of ½ in. from the exposed
steel with 3M Scotch-Brite Clean’n Strip discs.
3.05 POWER TOOL CLEAN (SSPC-SP11) with VACUUM – DRY INTERIOR
A. Solvent clean all visible grease, oil, salts, and residue.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 31
B. Power tool clean all surfaces and appurtenances to bare metal (SSPC-SP11) in areas
where steel is exposed or rusted, or where coating is abraded.
C. Retain or produce a surface profile. Surface profile shall be greater than 1.0 mil.
D. Feather all edges of adjacent coating with 3M Scotch-Brite Clean’n Strip discs a
minimum of ½ in. from exposed steel.
E. Attach a vacuum to all power tools. Size vacuum per manufacturer’s
recommendations for optimal recovery of spent paint debris. Attach a HEPA filter
sized as required.
F. Disposal of vacuumed waste is the responsibility of the Contractor. Follow
instructions on waste containers and store as directed by the Owner.
3.06 WASTE DISPOSAL – NON-HAZARDOUS
A. If after testing of the spent abrasive material the TCLP tests indicate the abrasive is
not a hazardous waste, dispose the abrasive in a waste disposal facility.
B. All waste shall be handled by a licensed hauler. Supply the Owner with all proper
documentation of the final disposal site. The actual bill of lading and all manifests
will be required prior to any payment.
C. Payment for non-hazardous waste disposal is incidental to interior or exterior
painting.
3.07 WASTE DOCUMENTATION
A. Supply proper documentation of storage, transportation, and treatment, or disposal of
the waste to the Owner. The Owner will retain sufficient funds from the Contractor
to pay for hazardous waste transportation, treatment, and any possible fines until all
documentation has been received. This retainage will be held, even if the waste has
tested non-hazardous.
3.08 TESTING and CLEAN-UP of WASTE
A. Daily collect all spent abrasive from the ground tarps and dispose in the required
receptacles. Prior to receiving test results, spent abrasive shall be stored on ground
tarps. The spent abrasive is to be covered and weighted down so no dust can be
released.
B. Furnish containers with proper labels for storage of the spent debris. Containers shall
meet requirements of the EPA (or their local counterpart) for hazardous waste
disposal. The spent abrasive will be moved directly from the tank into the waste
containers. The containers will remain until final test results have been received.
Furnishing containers with covers will be incidental to respective repaint, and will not
be affected by the Owner’s final selection of respective interior or exterior disposal.
C. Waste to remain on-site in covered receptacles until waste test results are received.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 32
SECTION 09 97 13.13.08
WET INTERIOR STEEL COATING – THREE COAT ZINC EPOXY
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting the wet interior.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. PA2 – Measurements and Calibration.
3. NACE RP 0178 Surface Finish Requirements.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a three (3) coat zinc epoxy system.
B. Application of a polyurethane elastomeric seam sealer.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 ZINC EPOXY – 3 COAT SYSTEM
A. System to meet all National Sanitation Foundation 61 certification standards for
potable water contact.
B. Approved suppliers and systems:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec 94H2O/N140/N140(stripe)/N140
Induron Indurazinc MC-67/PE-70/PE-70(stripe)/PE-70
C. Approved seam sealer:
Sika Corporation Sika Flex 1a
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 ZINC EPOXY – 3 COAT SYSTEM
A. Apply a three coat high build epoxy paint system with a zinc primer to all prepared
surfaces and appurtenances.
B. Abrasive blast cleaning and paint requirements have been previously defined in
Section 09 97 13.10.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 33
C. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Coat Minimum Maximum
DFT (mils) DFT (mils)
Primer 2.5 3.5
Intermediate 4.0 6.0
Stripe Coat 1.5 2.5
Topcoat 4.0 6.0
Total 10.5* 15.5*
*Total does not include stripe coat.
D. Stripe coat to be applied to all welds, angles, and sharp edges throughout the
structure, including above the high water line and all roof beams, etc.
E. Each full coat to be a different color from the previous coat and is to be approved by
the engineer. No color bleedthrough should occur if proper application rates are
observed.
F. Apply all coats in uniform color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs, sags, cloudy,
or missed areas. Correct all defects before application of the successive coat.
G. Allow a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours between coats (including stripe coat).
Additional time may be necessary if low temperatures require an increase in the
necessary cure time.
H. MAINTAIN FORCED VENTILATION A MINIMUM OF SEVEN (7) DAYS
AFTER TOPCOAT APPLICATION, time required for cure is dependent on the
coating manufacturer and temperature. Record variations of the standard procedures
(roof hatch closure because of rain, etc.), and submit to the engineer. Heat is required
if, in the opinion of the engineer, the integrity of the coating is endangered by cold
weather, or if additional cure time will delay the project beyond the substantial
completion date.
3.02 SEAM SEALING – ROOF
A. Seam seal all roof lap seams on the interior after the topcoat is dry to the touch. Seal
using a caulking gun filling all cracks less than 1 in. separation. Tool sealant as
required.
B. Payment will be on a lump sum basis.
C. Payment will be a separate line item “Seam Sealer” which the owner reserves the
right to delete.
3.03 SCHEDULE of WORK
A. Complete all exterior and interior welding prior to surface preparation.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 34
SECTION 09 97 13.19.03
DRY INTERIOR STEEL COATING – SPOT TWO COAT EPOXY
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Partial painting in the dry interior.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. PA2 – Measurements and Calibration.
3. NACE RP 0178 Surface Finish Requirements.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a spot two (2) coat epoxy system.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EPOXY – SPOT 2 COAT SYSTEM
A. Two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Approved suppliers and systems:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec N69(spot)/N69(spot)
Induron PE-70(spot)/PE-70(spot)
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EPOXY – SPOT 2 COAT EPOXY
A. Apply to all prepared areas a spot two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Surface preparation has been previously defined in Section 09 97 13.10.
C. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Coat Minimum Maximum
D.F.T. (mils) D.F.T. (mils)
Primer (spot) 4.0 6.0
Topcoat (spot) 4.0 6.0
Total 8.0 12.0
D. Each coat to be a different color from the previous coat and is to be approved by the
engineer. No color bleedthrough should occur if proper application rates are
observed.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 35
E. Apply all coats in uniform color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs, sags, cloudy,
or missed areas. Correct all defects before application of the successive coat.
F. Allow a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours between coats. Additional time may be
necessary if low temperatures require an increase in the necessary cure time.
3.02 SCHEDULE of WORK
A. Complete all exterior and interior welding prior to surface preparation.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 36
SECTION 09 97 13.24.15
EXTERIOR STEEL COATING – THREE COAT URETHANE OVERCOAT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting on the exterior.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. NACE RP 0178 Surface Finish Requirements.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a three (3) coat urethane system.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EPOXY URETHANE - 3 COAT OVERCOAT SYSTEM
A. The coating shall be a urethane system.
B. The contractor is advised to follow all requirements for safety concerning
isocyanates.
C. Ultraviolet protection additives mixed at factory only. There will be no tinting or
addition of any material other than the manufacturer’s thinners.
D. Approved suppliers and systems:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec 118(spot)/118/1074/1074UV
Induron Ebond100(spot)/Ebond100/ I-6600/I-6600
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EPOXY URETHANE - 3 COAT OVERCOAT SYSTEM
A. Apply to all prepared surfaces a three (3) coat urethane system.
B. Surface preparation and paint requirements have been previously defined in Section
09 97 13.10. Apply all coatings by brush and roller. Spray application is prohibited.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 37
C. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Tnemec Coat Minimum Maximum
D.F.T. (mils) D.F.T. (mils)
Primer (spot) 6.0 8.0
Intermediate 6.0 8.0
Urethane Intermediate 2.0 3.0
Topcoat 2.0 3.0
Total 16.0 22.0
Induron Coat Minimum Maximum
D.F.T. (mils) D.F.T. (mils)
Primer (spot) 1.0 2.0
Intermediate 1.0 2.0
Urethane Intermediate 2.0 3.0
Topcoat 2.0 3.0
Total 4.0 10.0
D. Each full coat to be a different color from the previous coat and is to be approved by
the engineer. No color bleedthrough should occur if proper application rates are
observed.
E. Apply all coats in uniform color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs, sags, cloudy,
or missed areas. Correct all defects before application of the successive coat.
F. Allow a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours between coats. Additional time may be
necessary if low temperatures require an increase in the necessary cure time.
3.04 BOWL TOPCOAT - ALTERNATE
A. Paint the bowl with a fluorourethane coating. Note that the coating replaces the
topcoat listed above.
B. Approved Fluorourethane coating system.
Manufacturer System
Tnemec V700
Induron Perma-Gloss
C. Apply logo coating at 2.0 to 3.0 mils.
D. Payment is a separate line item “Exterior Bowl – Dark Topcoat Alternate” which the
Owner reserves the right to delete.
3.05 BOWL, RISER, AND BASEBELL TOPCOAT - ALTERNATE
A. Paint the bowl, riser, and basebell with a fluorourethane coating. Note that the
coating replaces the topcoat listed above.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 38
B. Approved Fluorourethane coating system.
Manufacturer System
Tnemec V700
Induron Perma-Gloss
C. Apply logo coating at 2.0 to 3.0 mils.
D. Payment is a separate line item “Exterior Bowl, Riser, and Basebell – Dark Topcoat
Alternate” which the Owner reserves the right to delete.
3.06 SCHEDULE of WORK
A. Complete all exterior and interior welding prior to surface preparation.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 39
SECTION 09 97 23.23.03
CONCRETE FOUNDATION COATING – TWO COAT EPOXY
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting of the concrete foundation.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. PA2 – Measurements and Calibration.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a two (2) coat epoxy system.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EPOXY – 2 COAT SYSTEM
A. Two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Approved suppliers and manufacturers:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec N69/N69
Induron PE-70/PE-70
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EPOXY – 2 COAT EPOXY
A. Apply to all prepared areas a two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Remove dirt 3” below grade around the entire foundation prior to coating, backfill
once topcoat is dry to the touch.
C. Foundations to be water cleaned at 3,500 to 5,000 psi to remove all contaminants.
D. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Coat Min. D.F.T. (mils) Max. D.F.T. (mils)
Primer 3.5 5.5
Topcoat 3.5 5.5
Total 7.0 10.0
E. Allow the manufacturer’s minimum time between coatings.
F. Cost is incidental to exterior painting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 40
SECTION 13 32 12
MIXING SYSTEM - GRIDBEE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW
A. These specifications provide the requirements to furnish, install, and place into
operation a potable water storage tank mixer and associated equipment.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA
B. Department of Transportation, DOT
C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., UL 508
D. NSF/ANSI Standard 61
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Continuous Operation Equipment. The circulation equipment shall operate
continuously, all day and all night, using 120 VAC as the power source.
B. No Visual Defects. The mixer shall have no visual defects, and shall have high
quality welds, assembly, and corrosion resistant finish.
C. Qualified US Manufacturer. The manufacturer of the equipment shall have extensive
experience in the production of such equipment, and the equipment shall be
manufactured in the continental United States.
D. Warranty. The mixer shall be warranted to be free of defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of 5 years. This equipment warranty would run directly
from the manufacturer of the equipment to the owner. The equipment warranty
would not be part of the contract or any required bond.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. The awarded Bidder shall provide a digital copy and three (3) hard copies of the
following documents. Upon acceptance of these documents by the Engineer, the
Bidder will be issued a Notice to Proceed, and may then proceed to install the
equipment.
1. Manufacture Qualification Document
2. List of Supplied Equipment
3. Manufacturer Product Sheets
4. Electric Power Source Requirements
5. NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Documentation
6. Warranty Statement
7. Operation Manuals
1.05 FIELD SERVICES
A. Installation personnel shall have received job-specific safety training which is to
include: working over water, disinfecting procedures, confined space entry, and fall
protection.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 41
PART 2 – PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Specified Equipment. The circulation equipment shall be manufactured by Medora
Corporation. of Dickinson, ND, or be a pre-approved alternative.
2.02 PERFORMANCE AND FEATURES
A. Complete Water Circulation Required. To meet the project objectives, the tank or
reservoir circulation shall be achieved by a single or multiple submerged units within
the reservoir capable of providing long distance circulation of water. The mixer shall
have a direct measurable flow rate where suction shall enter specified mixer’s intake
positioned within 2 inches of reservoir floor and discharging water vertically in a
sheet flow pattern to induce a large volume, low velocity flow to reach the tank or
reservoir water surface. The mixer must be placement flexible in design to allow best
hydraulic positioning for tank or reservoir conditions to prevent hydraulic short
circuiting within tank or reservoir. Suction not within 2 inches of tank or reservoir
floor is not allowed.
B. Unit required to meet the project objectives including number of machines required.
Quantity Model Tank or Reservoir
1 GridBee GS-9 120V 250,000 Gallon with approx. 125’
LWL
C. Complete Mix: The mixer manufacturer guarantees that the subject tank will be
completely mixed by the mixer. In continuous operation of the mixer:
(1) at least once per 24 hours all water temperatures within the tank shall converge to
within 0.8 degrees C, and
(2) at least once per 72 hours all chlorine concentrations within the tank shall
converge to within 0.18 mg/l.
D. Fit Through Small Hatch Opening. The mixer shall be capable of fitting through a
clear, unobstructed opening of 12” diameter without requiring disassembly or
assembly.
E. Continuous Operation With 120VAC, 20 Amp Power Source. The mixer shall
operate continuously during day and night while connected to electric grid power.
F. Stainless Steel Construction. The mixer shall be constructed primarily of Type 316
stainless steel metal for strength and superior corrosion resistance.
G. Motor. The mixer shall be mechanically operated by a submersible motor that meets
the following criteria.
1. Direct Drive, with no gearbox and no lubrication maintenance required.
2. Designed for submersible operation. Mixer design shall include flow sleeve or
housing around motor to provide water flow past motor per submersible motor
design criteria to lower the total motor temperature and increase winding life.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 42
3. Designed for Continuous Operation without overheating or compromising motor
life expectancy. Constant, full speed operation, variable frequency drive or other
method of speed reduction not required and not allowed.
4. 120 VAC, 20 Amp power source shall be supplied by others and not the mixer
manufacturer.
H. SCADA and Controls. The mixer shall have the option to add an Electric Control Box
including a motor current indicator in a 4-20mA analog output and remote on/off
control via 24VDC relay.
I. Electrical Control Box. The mixer equipment shall be supplied with a Control Box
capable of disconnecting 120 VAC outgoing power to the mixer equipment and
meeting the following criteria:
1. NEMA 4 enclosure shall be provided with protection against condensation and
moisture in a marine environment.
2. Control Box shall be UL 508 Listed for sound electrical design and safety.
3. Control Box shall include exterior mounted HOA switch, definite purpose
contactor for mixer control, exterior mounted run indicator light, grounding lug,
120 VAC standard three-prong male molded plug, and locking latch for security.
4. Control Box shall include a 4-20 mAmp current transducer providing analog
output for motor current allowing for monitoring proper operation. Control Box
shall include a 24 VDC relay to allow for remote on and off control of the mixer.
Integration of 4-20 mAmp output and remote on/off relay into site PLC/RTU shall
be provided by the electrician (not by mixer manufacturer).
5. Control Box requires a 120 VAC power source, Minimum 20 Amp rated service
located near the final placement of the Control Box. SCADA and control
functions of the Control Box require 24 VDC incoming power for automatic
operation and 4-20 mAmp current transducer. The 120 VAC and 24 VDC power
source shall be supplied by the electrician (not by mixer manufacturer).
J. Low Elevation Intake: The circulation equipment shall be supplied with an intake
capable of being positioned at the lowest elevation of the tank or reservoir floor. The
intake level shall bring water into the circulation equipment at horizontal layer within
6 inches (15 cm) of the tank or reservoir floor.
K. The circulation equipment shall be NSF/ANSI Standard 61 and NSF/ANSI Standard
372 listed for safe contact with potable water. The mixer shall be NSF/ANSI
Standard 61 listed to be safely in contact with a potable water volume as low as 5,000
gallons.
L. Maintenance Requirements. The circulation equipment shall operate normally with
the following maintenance features.
1. No scheduled lubrication is required of any system components including motor.
2. No spare parts shall be required to be kept on hand.
M. Equipment Support. The mixer manufacturer shall offer factory support with the
following staff and support services.
1. Customer Service, Application Engineering, and Equipment Engineering staff
available by email or toll-free phone.
2. Public website with detailed information available describing the mixer for this
project and related applications of this equipment into potable water tanks and
reservoirs.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 43
3. Service plans for preventative maintenance and continued technology
improvements for the specified mixer.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The circulation equipment manufacturer shall have the capability to provide
Installation, Startup, and On-Site Water Testing Services to insure (a) proper machine
spatial placement in the reservoir, and (b) proper intake depth setting.
B. Contractor to provide conduit and electric service from the base of the tank (at the
electric panel) up to the roof or utilize the existing conduit if available. All conduit to
be galvanized and continuous from ground to roof with no openings.
C. Contractor to supply coupling and junction box on the roof with watertight seal for
electric line and connection point next to the roof hatch for retrieval chain and electric
line.
D. The device is to be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations with a weather
tight seal on the roof.
E. Mixer to be installed above the bowl bottom (approximately 4 to 12 inches) using the
manufacturers suspension kit.
3.02 MOUNTING PANEL
A. Locate metal, waterproof cabinet in the base of the tank at a location approved by the
owner.
B. Mount all controls on the existing electrical panel if room is available or install new
brackets welded to the basebell wall on a 1/8” bent plate welded to the riser wall in
the dry interior. Weld using ⅛” full fillet welds.
C. Bolt the control panels using stainless steel or galvanized steel bolts.
D. Repair the coating per section 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
3.03 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
A. There is a 120 volt power available in the basebell.
B. Coordinate with owner and connect electrical source to the mixer controls.
TABLE of CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WEST TANK
Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities .................................. 1-3
Section 01 53 43 – Protection of Environment ..................................................................... 4-6
Section 05 00 00 – Metal Repairs ......................................................................................... 7-13
Drawing 01a .... Existing Conditions – Top Platform
Drawing 01b .... Support and Platform Detail
Drawing 01c .... Platform Handrail
Drawing 01d .... Handrail Detail
Drawing 02a .... Overflow Discharge
Drawing 02b .... 10 Inch Overflow Flap Gate
Drawing 03 ...... Mud Valve
Drawing 04a .... Expansion Joint Replacement
Drawing 04b .... Expansion Joint
Section 09 97 13 – Steel Coating ........................................................................................ 14-26
Section 09 97 13.10 – Steel Coating Surface Preparation................................................ 27-31
Section 09 97 13.13.08 – Wet Interior Steel Coating – 3 Coat Zinc Epoxy .................... 32-33
Section 09 97 13.19.03 – Dry Interior Steel Coating – Spot 2 Coat Epoxy .................... 34-35
Section 09 97 13.24.15 – Exterior Steel Coating – 3 Coat Epoxy Urethane ................... 36-38
Overcoat
Section 09 97 23.23.03 – Concrete Foundation Coating – 2 Coat Epoxy .............................39
Section 13 32 12 – Mixing System - Gridbee .................................................................... 40-43
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 1
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES and UTILITIES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor is fully responsible to provide and maintain temporary facilities and
utilities required for construction as described herein, and to remove the same upon
completion of work.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA No. 70-93.
2. National Electrical Code (NEC) and local amendments thereto.
3. Comply with any and all federal, state, and local codes and regulations, and utility
company requirements.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY and LIGHTING
A. Supply temporary lighting sufficient to enable Contractor to safely access all work
areas.
B. Electrical requirements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. No service
available to Contractor.
C. Provide, maintain, and remove temporary electric service facilities.
D. Facilities exposed to weather shall be weatherproof-type and electrical equipment
enclosure locked to prevent access by unauthorized personnel.
E. Contractor is to pay for and arrange for the installation of temporary services.
F. Patch affected surfaces and structures after temporary services have been removed.
G. Provide explosion-proof lamps, wiring, switches, sockets, and similar equipment
required for temporary lighting and small power tools.
2.02 WATER for CONSTRUCTION
A. Owner will provide water required for cleaning and other purposes.
B. Water use shall not exceed usage that might endanger the Owner’s water system’s
integrity.
2.03 SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide temporary sanitary toilet facilities conforming to state and local health and
sanitation regulations, in sufficient number for use by Contractor’s employees.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 2
B. Maintain in sanitary condition and properly supply with toilet paper.
C. Remove from site before final acceptance of work.
2.04 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide and maintain in working order a minimum of two (2) fire extinguishers and
such other fire protective equipment and devices as would be reasonably effective in
extinguishing fires.
2.05 DAMAGE to EXISTING PROPERTY
A. Contractor is responsible for replacing or repairing damage to existing buildings,
sidewalks, roads, parking lot surfacing, and other existing assets.
B. Owner has the option of contracting for such work and having cost deducted from
contract amount if the Contractor is not qualified to complete repairs, or fails to act in
a timely manner.
2.06 SECURITY
A. Security is not provided by Owner.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for loss or injury to persons or property where work is
involved, and shall provide security and take precautionary measures to protect
Contractor’s and Owner’s interests.
2.07 TEMPORARY PARKING
A. Parking for equipment and Contractor employees shall be designated and approved
by Owner.
B. Make arrangements for parking area for employees’ vehicles.
C. Any costs involved in obtaining parking area shall be borne by the Contractor.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall maintain and operate all temporary systems to ensure continuous
service.
B. Contractor shall modify and extend systems as work progress requires.
3.02 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary material and equipment when no longer required.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installation or use of temporary
facilities.
C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or
original condition.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 3
3.03 BARRIERS and ENCLOSURES
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain as long as necessary, adequate
barriers, warning signs or lights at all dangerous points throughout the work for
protection of property, workers, and the public. The Contractor shall hold the Owner
harmless from damage or claims arising out of any injury or damage that may be
sustained by any person or persons as a result of the work under the contract.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 4
SECTION 01 53 43
PROTECTION of ENVIRONMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Contractor in executing work shall maintain work areas, on-and-off site, free from
environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal, state, or local
regulations.
B. The Contractor is responsible for any and all clean-up that may be necessary and all
applicable costs for the same.
1.02 LAWS and REGULATIONS –
A. Environmental regulations may be met with different available technologies. It is
the Contractor’s sole responsibility to comply with these and all applicable
environmental regulations.
B. If a contamination occurs work will stop until cleanup is complete.
1.03 PROTECTION of SEWERS
A. Take adequate measures to prevent impairment of operation of existing sewer system.
Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth, or other debris from
entering sewer or sewer structure.
1.04 PROTECTION of WATERWAYS
A. Observe rules and regulations of local and state agencies, and agencies of U.S.
government prohibiting pollution of any lake, stream, river, or wetland by dumping of
refuse, rubbish, dredge material, or debris therein.
B. Provide containment that will divert flows, including storm flows and flows created
by construction activity, to prevent loss of residues and excessive silting of
waterways or flooding damage to property.
C. Comply with procedures outlined in U.S. EPA manuals entitled “Guidelines for
Erosion and Sedimentation Control Planning and Implementation,” Manual EPA-72-
015 and “Processes, Procedures, and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from all
Construction Activity,” Manual EPA 43019-73-007.
1.05 DISPOSAL of EXCESS EXCAVATED and OTHER WASTE MATERIALS
A. Dispose waste material in accordance with federal and state codes, and local zoning
ordinances.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 5
B. Unacceptable disposal sites include, but are not limited to, sites within wetland or
critical habitat, and sites where disposal will have detrimental effect on surface water
or groundwater quality.
C. Make arrangements for disposal subject to submission of proof to Engineer that
Owner(s) of proposed site(s) has valid fill permit issued by appropriate government
agency and submission of haul route plan, including map of proposed route(s).
D. Provide watertight conveyance for liquid, semi-liquid, or saturated solids that have
potential to leak during transport. Liquid loss from transported materials is not
permitted, whether being delivered to construction site or hauled away for disposal.
Fluid materials hauled for disposal must be specifically acceptable at selected
disposal site.
1.06 PROTECTION of AIR QUALITY
A. Contain paint aerosols and VOCs by acceptable work practices.
B. Minimize air pollution by requiring use of properly operating combustion emission
control devices on construction vehicles and equipment used by Contractor, and
encouraging shutdown of motorized equipment not actually in use.
C. Trash burning not permitted on construction site.
D. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of work, they shall not
cause air pollution.
1.07 PROTECTION from FUEL and SOLVENTS
A. Protect the ground from spills of fuel, oils, petroleum distillates, or solvents by use of
containment system.
B. Total paint, thinner, oils, and fuel delivered to and stored on-site cannot exceed
supplied capacity of spill containment provided (i.e. fuel and oil to be sized to exceed
possible spill).
C. Provide proper containment unit under fuel tank and oil reservoirs for all equipment
and fuel storage tanks.
D. Barrels of solvents, even for cleaning, are prohibited. Do not deliver paint thinners in
containers greater than five (5) gallons.
E. Disposal of waste fluids shall be in conformance with federal, state, and local laws
and regulations.
1.08 USE of CHEMICALS
A. Chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,
whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of other classification,
must show approval of U.S. EPA, U.S. Department of Agriculture, state, or other
applicable regulatory agency.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 6
B. Use of such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with
manufacturer’s written instructions and applicable regulatory requirements.
1.09 NOISE CONTROL
A. Conduct operations to cause least annoyance to residents in vicinity of work, and
comply with applicable local ordinances.
B. Equip compressors, hoists, and other apparatus with mechanical devices necessary to
minimize noise and dust. Equip compressors with silencers on intake lines.
C. Equip gasoline or oil-operated equipment with silencers or mufflers on intake and
exhaust lines.
D. Route vehicles carrying materials over such streets as will cause least annoyance to
public and do not operate on public streets between hours of 6:00 P.M. and 7:00
A.M., or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays unless approved by Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROJECT PROCEDURES
A. Applicable Regulations:
1. RCRA, 1976 – Resource Conservation and Recovery Act: This federal statute
regulates generation, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous
wastes nationally.
B. Use the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest (shipping paper) to use an off-site
hazardous waste disposal facility.
C. Federal, State and local laws and regulations may apply to the storage, handling and
disposal of hazardous materials and waste.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 7
SECTION 05 00 00
METAL REPAIRS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Steel Repair.
B. Surface Preparation of Lead Paint before Welding.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AWWA D100 Weld Standard
B. AWS Weld Standard
C. API 650 Standard
1.03 OMISSIONS
A. The specifications include all work and materials necessary for completion of the
work. Any incidental item(s) of material, labor, or detail(s) required for the proper
execution and completion of the work are included.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Ground Flush: Ground even with adjacent metal with no transition. This preparation
is intended for all removed items.
B. Ground Smooth: Ground welds to the point that no cuts or scratches occur when
rubbing your hand over the weld. Rebuild with weld any concavity discovered during
grinding. This preparation is intended for all newly added steel.
1.05 WORK INCLUDED
A. Install a gasket on the wet interior roof hatch.
B. Modify the top platform.
C. Overflow pipe discharge modification.
D. Replace the mud valve.
E. Replace the access tube air gap seal.
F. Replace dry interior light bulbs.
G. Weld rigging lug on the bowl.
H. Install a sample tap on the fill/draw pipe.
I. Expansion joint replacement.
J. Remove abandoned antennas.
1.06 WORKMANSHIP
A. Provide material and workmanship necessary to produce a first-class job.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 8
B. All weld spatter is to be removed.
C. All removed items are to be ground flush with surrounding surface. All new welds
are to be ground smooth.
1.07 WELDER QUALIFICATIONS
A. Certified for type and position of weld specified.
B. The welder shall be specialized in industrial or heavy commercial welding and
experienced in rigging and elevated work.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
A. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) – for all items as required by law.
B. Welder’s certification.
C. Submit materials at least one (1) week prior to preconstruction meeting.
1.09 WORK SEQUENCING
A. The following is NOT a ways-and-means decision of the Contractor. It is accepted
and good painting practice and shall be completed by the Contractor in this specified
fashion:
1. Complete ahead of all cutting and welding all surface preparation, such as
removal of heavy metal bearing coating in the immediate area.
2. Complete all welding repairs prior to commencement of any power washing or
abrasive blast cleaning.
3. Do not install non-painted items or store on or in the tank until after painting has
been completed.
4. Remove existing items that are not to be painted after water cleaning, store in a
secure location.
5. Disassemble appurtenances with mating surfaces (i.e. overflow flap gate, vent
flange, etc.), surface prepare and coat mating surfaces and reassemble after
topcoat is dry.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL PLATING and OTHER STRUCTURAL SHAPES
A. General: ASTM – A36.
B. Rebar for ladder rungs: A706 Weldable Rebar.
2.02 BOLTS and NUTS
A. Stainless Steel
1. ASTM F594G – 316 Stainless Steel Bolts.
2. ASTM F594G – 316 Stainless Steel Nuts.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 9
B. Galvanized Steel
1. ASTM A307 Grade A zinc coated Steel Bolts.
2. ASTM A307 Grade A zinc coated Nuts.
2.03 WELDS
A. Final – E70XX Electrodes.
B. Root – E60XX Electrodes.
C. Wire – ER70S Electrodes.
2.04 OVERFLOW SCREEN
A. Stainless steel wire mesh manufactured by McNichols Co. (800) 237-3820.
B. Use twenty-four (24) mesh 0.014-in. diameter or larger.
2.05 MUD VALVE
A. Babco-NFW 3 in. x 2.5 in.No Freeze Valve with a wrench as manufactured by
Superior Sales & Service, Inc. 2311 Plattsmouth, NE 68048, (402) 296-1010.
B. Hose material to be Goodyear Engineered Products NutriFlo suction and discharge
hose supplied by Veyance Technologies Fairlawn, OH 888-899-6354 or approved
equal.
2.06 SWING GATE
A. Universal Swing Gate as manufactured by SafeRack of Sumter, SC 866-761-7225.
2.07 EXPANSION JOINT
A. Flanged Bellows-Type/Unaflex Style 44 with a pressure rating of 150 psi, flanged
ends, stainless bellows, minimum axial movement of 1 in. and minimum lateral
movement of 0.1 in. Flanges are to be AWWA Class D C207. Unaflex Inc.
Pompano Beach, FL. 1-800-327-1286.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ROOF HATCH GASKET
A. Install a gasket on the wet interior roof hatch cover.
B. Gasket to be ¼ inch EPDM or neoprene.
C. Install after the exterior coating is dry to the touch.
D. Apply gasket using adhesive, 3M Super Weatherstrip and Gasket Adhesive or
approved equal.
E. Payment is incidental to exterior painting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 10
3.02 MODIFY THE TOP PLATFORM
A. Extend the top platform to create a larger step-off onto the access tube ladder.
B. Modify the railings so there is a top rail and mid rail around the new platform section.
C. Welds to be 3/16” full fillet.
D. Install a swing gate at the riser ladder opening.
E. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
F. See Drawing 01a-01d.
G. Payment is a separate line item “Top Platform Modification” which the owner
reserves the right to delete.
3.03 OVERFLOW DISCHARGE MODIFICATION AND FLAP GATE
A. Modify the overflow discharge so it points downward and install a flap gate at the
pipe discharge.
B. Flap shall allow for closed positioning during non-flow conditions, and open
operation during overflow conditions.
C. Field verify existing overflow pipe dimensions. Lever arm configuration near hinge
may vary if prior written approval is granted by the Engineer.
D. Use steel plates as weights attached to the lever arm to assure complete closure at end
of cycle, number may need to be more than shown on the drawing to ensure complete
closure.
E. Use PVC or plastic washers and spacers between the hinge bolts and lever arm, use
enough washers to ensure a snug fit without damaging the coating during movement.
F. Weld a flange onto the new discharge end of the overflow pipe. Use ¼” steel plate,
flange size to match that of the flap gate outside diameter.
G. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
H. See Drawing 02a-02b.
I. Payment is a separate line item “Overflow Discharge Modification” which the Owner
reserves the right to delete.
3.04 MUD VALVE
A. Remove the existing mud valve from the bowl to the overflow pipe, reuse coupling
and drain line for the new valve installation if possible. Properly dispose of the
removed items.
B. Install a frost-free mud valve in the lowest section of the mud settling area. Coupling
shall be a heavy or extra heavy coupling and shall not extend more than ⅜ in. into wet
interior surfaces.
C. For the discharge, use hose attached to barbed fittings with band clamp and Schedule
40 pipe for connection to the overflow pipe. All threaded fittings to be coated with
pipe joint compound.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 11
D. The hose is to discharge into the overflow pipe. Cut a hole in the overflow (or use the
existing opening, enlarge as needed) and weld the pipe using ¼ in. full fillet.
E. Contractor to ensure that the discharge hose does not kink. Install adaptors as needed
to prevent kinking.
F. Attach a wrench on a chain to the valve for operating the valve. Chain to have a clip
or clasp for easy removal and use.
G. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
H. Weld one – 4 in. x 4 in. x ⅜ in. angle iron (height – top of valve entry into tank, plus
2 in.) to act as ice shield.
I. See Drawing 03.
J. Payment is a separate line item “Mud Valve” which the Owner reserves the right to
delete.
3.05 ACCESS TUBE AIR GAP SEAL
A. Furnish a 3/8 in. neoprene sheet to cover the air gap at the access tube.
B. Remove the existing sheeting, Contractor to properly dispose of removed items.
C. Attach neoprene sheet to the access tube using two (2) ½” wide stainless-steel
banding clamps using a make-a-clamp kit. The existing clamps can be reused if
possible
D. Work to be performed after the surface is surface prepared and coated per Sections 09
97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
E. Payment is incidental to the project.
3.06 REPLACE LIGHT BULBS
A. Replace all dry interior bulbs with LED light bulbs
B. Dry interior bulbs to be bright white LED bulbs with a minimum brightness of 800
lumens and a color of light at a minimum of 5,000K and a minimum rated life of
25,000 hours., size A19.
C. Change bulbs after all blast and paint equipment has been removed from the tank.
D. All bulbs to have the same color and brightness throughout the dry interior.
E. Payment is incidental to the project.
3.07 BOWL RIGGING LUG
A. Install a lug on the bowl above the top platform ladder opening for rigging rescue
cable/rope.
B. Lug to be 4 in. x 4 in. x ⅜ in. steel plate with a 2 in. diameter hole.
C. Weld using ⅜ in. full fillet welds.
D. Surface prepare and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
E. Payment is incidental to wet interior repainting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 12
3.08 SAMPLE TAP
A. Install a sample tap in the fill/draw pipe at the base of the tank.
B. Install a 1.5 inch Corporation Stop Mueller Ball Valve type or approved equal.
C. Install approximately 4 ft. above grade.
D. Install adaptor to a downward facing smooth ended spout (size to be a minimum of ½
inch in diameter).
E. Payment is a separate line item “Sample Tap” which the Owner reserves the right to
delete.
3.09 EXPANSION JOINT REPLACEMENT
A. Remove the insulation from the expansion joint to determine type. If the joint is not a
bellows joint then replace the joint.
B. Weld new bolted flanges on the pipe above the top platform per AWWA C207.
C. Remove the existing expansion joint located in the pit in the basebell. Expansion
joint to become property of the Contractor for proper disposal. Install a flanged spool
section in place of the removed expansion joint. Spool to be STD size the flanges are
to match the existing, install new stainless steel bolts and nuts. The bolt and nut size
are to match the existing flanges.
D. The pipe size is 12 inches. Field verify fill pipe size and opening required for new
expansion joint, Contractor is responsible for any existing pipe alterations required
for new joint fitting.
E. Install gasket between the existing flanges and the new expansion joint per AWWA
C207 with a full face and a minimal thickness of 1/16 inch.
F. Surface prepare the carbon steel flanges and coat in accordance with Sections 09 97
13 and 09 97 13.10.
G. Reinstall or replace existing insulation over the entire joint and spool piece.
H. See Drawing 04a-04b.
I. Payment is a separate line item “Expansion Joint Replacement” which the Owner
reserves the right to delete.
3.10 REMOVE ABANDONDED ANTENNAS
A. Remove the abandoned antennas on the tank. There are 2 antennas to remove.
B. Remove the antennas, cables, and mounting poles. Contractor to properly dispose of
removed items.
C. Grind flush any welds from the mounting pole if applicable.
D. Seal left after removing the antenna cables using silocone caulk.
E. Payment is incidental to the project.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 13
PART 4 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS
4.01 WELD PREPARATION PRIOR to COATING
A. Prepare all new welds per NACE RPO 0178 prior to coating application. Grind
welds to category D.
4.02 SURFACE PREPARATION – PREWELDING – LEAD PAINT
A. The existing dry interior coating is known to contain lead.
B. Remove all coating 6-in. on both sides of welding area by abrasive blast cleaning or
vacuum shrouded power tool cleaning prior to any cutting or welding.
C. Chemical stripping or other method may be approved by the Engineer.
D. Absolutely do not begin any repair work until all adjacent coating is properly
removed.
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01aFile Name: a-existtopplat.dwgENGINEERING, INC.DIXONExisting Conditions - Top PlatformChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01bENGINEERING, INC.DIXONSupport and Platform DetailFile Name: b-topplatform.dwgChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01cENGINEERING, INC.DIXONPlatform HandrailFile Name: c-topplatform.dwgChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.DWG: 01dENGINEERING, INC.DIXONHandrail detailFile Name: d-topplatform.dwgChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.ENGINEERING, INC.DIXONOverflow Dischargefile name: overflow extension.dwgDWG: 02aChecked By: JVRDrawn By: TMFDate: 07/15/20Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
Note: Not to Scale
DWG: 02b
File Name: 10in_flapgate.dwg
ENGINEERING, INC.
DIXON
10" Overflow Flap Gate
Checked By: JVR
Drawn By: TMF Date: 07/15/20
Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.
File Name: bowlbabcovalve.dwg
ENGINEERING, INC.
DIXON
Mud Valve
DWG: 03Checked By: JVR
Drawn By: TMF Date: 07/15/20
Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
File Name: replacement.dwg
Expansion Joint Replacement
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.
DIXON
ENGINEERING, INC.
DWG: 04aChecked By: JVR
Drawn By: TMF Date: 07/15/20
Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
File Name: expansion joint.dwg
Expansion Joint
Note: Drawing Not to Scale.
DIXON
ENGINEERING, INC.
DWG: 04bChecked By: JVR
Drawn By: TMF Date: 07/15/20
Oakbrook, IL 250,000 Sph. - West
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 14
SECTION 09 97 13
STEEL COATING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting of steel structures.
B. Interior cleaning and disinfection.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AWWA Standards:
1. D102 – 17 Painting Steel Water Storage Tanks.
2. C652 – Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities.
3. C655 – Field Dechlorination.
B. NSF/ANSI
1. NSF/ANSI 61
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Exterior: Apply a three (3) coat epoxy urethane system.
B. Wet Interior: Apply a three (3) coat zinc epoxy system, apply a polyurethane caulk to
the roof lap seams. The cathodic protection system is to be removed, and reinstalled
by the owner’s vendor, coordination and payment is the contractor’s responsibility.
C. Dry Interior: Apply a spot two (2) coat epoxy system to the prepared surfaces.
1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Exterior: Acrylic overcoat system applied in 2007. The coating tested for lead at
0.0027% by weight.
B. Wet Interior: Epoxy system applied in 2007 over a SSPC-SP10 near white blast
standard.
C. Dry Interior: Spot epoxy repairs performed in 2007. The Original system was tested
for lead at 0.13% by weight.
1.05 OMISSIONS or INCIDENTAL ITEMS
A. It is the intent of these specifications to coat the structure for the purpose of corrosion
protection on wet interior surfaces. It is the intent to coat the exterior for corrosion
protection and aesthetics.
B. Any small or incidental items not specifically detailed in the schedule, but obviously
a part of the work are included in the work at no additional cost to the Owner.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 15
C. Engineer, as interpreter of the specifications, will determine if disputed items fall
under this category. Prevailing custom and trade practices will be considered in this
determination.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following with your annual prequalification:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Programs and certification that all site personnel
have been trained as required by law.
B. Submit the following ten (10) days prior to the preconstruction meeting:
1. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and Product Data Sheets:
a. Furnish from all suppliers Safety Data Sheets and product data sheets for all
applicable materials including, but not limited to, paints, thinners, cleaners,
degreasers, and abrasive materials.
b. Provide for employees one (1) copy of all data sheets at the job site for
employee access.
c. Provide one (1) hard copy and an electronic copy to the Engineer.
d. No work may commence without the complete filing. All SDS shall conform
to requirements of SARA (EPCRA) Right-to-Know Act.
2. Ventilation Design Plan. Include airflow calculations and model, and number of
fans.
3. Dehumidification/Heat Design Plan. Include airflow calculations, model, number
of units used, connection details, and power source.
4. Fall Prevention Plan and Site Specific Fall Hazard Evaluation:
a. Site specific plan to contain a generic drawing of the existing structure and
appurtenances of this structure and reflect safety changes specified for this
project.
b. Certifications for all spiders, scaffolding, stages, etc. to be used on the project.
All certifications to be current, less than one year old.
C. Submit the following at the preconstruction meeting:
1. Designated OSHA Competent Person and qualifications, if not previously
submitted.
D. Submit the following within two (2) weeks of project completion with final pay
request:
1. Waste manifest, waste hauler and disposal facility. Required only if waste is
hazardous.
2. Waivers of lien.
3. Copies of any formal worker safety or environmental citations received on the
project.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 16
1.07 OWNER RESPONSIBILITY
A. Drain the structure with a seven (7) day notice after Contractor meets all precedent
conditions of the contract.
B. Fill the tank and draw samples and test after chlorination; responsibility of good
results remains with the Contractor. Poor test results could result in added costs to
Contractor, including re-chlorination, cost of water, plus possible liquidated damages.
1.08 DELIVERY and STORAGE of MATERIAL
A. Submit manufacturer’s invoice, with or without paint cost, to the Engineer for review.
This submittal will be used to identify the quantity of paint recommended by the
manufacturer for a job of this size and design and will be used to check the quantity
actually delivered to the project.
B. Cover bulk materials subject to deterioration because of dampness, weather, or
contamination, and protect while in storage.
C. Maintain materials in original, sealed containers, unopened and with labels plainly
indicating the manufacturer’s name, brand, type, grade of material, and batch
numbers.
D. Remove from the work site containers that are broken, opened, water marked, and/or
contain caked, lumpy, or otherwise damaged materials. They are unacceptable.
E. Store the material in a climate controlled designated area where the temperature will
not exceed the manufacturer’s storage recommendations. Heat the storage area to the
manufacturer’s recommended minimum mixing temperature.
F. Keep equipment stored outdoors from contact with the ground, away from areas
subject to flooding, and covered with weatherproof plastic sheeting or tarpaulins.
G. Store all painting materials in a location outside the structure.
H. Do not store or have on-site unapproved material, material from different
manufacturers, or materials from different projects.
1.09 ACCESS and INSPECTOR SAFETY
A. Provide access to all portions of the project where work is being completed. Access
must be close enough and secure enough to allow inspector to use inspection
equipment without extensions.
B. Provide personnel to assist with access and to ensure Contractor’s access equipment
is safely used.
C. Provide separate fall protection devices and safety lines for the Owner and inspectors.
Limit fall to 5 ft. vertically.
D. These specifications require the Contractor to supply a separate fall protection cable
and safety grab for each tie-off point for the inspector’s use. The Contractor is
encouraged to provide a separate cable and tie-off for each worker. The cables may
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 17
be connected to the same tie-off point as the inspector’s, but a separate cable and
safety grab are required for each user.
1.10 INSPECTION and TESTING
A. Prior to the scheduled inspection, remove all dust, spent abrasive, and foreign
material from the surface to be coated.
B. The Contractor is to furnish an instrument for measuring the wet film thickness, and
also a calibrated instrument for measuring dry film thickness of each field coat of
paint. The dry film thickness testing gauge shall be the magnetic type as
manufactured by Elcometer Co., or the Nordson Gauge Co.; spring loaded model
with two percent (2%) accuracy margin over a range of one-to-twenty-one (1-21) mils
or equal.
C. The Engineer will furnish and operate inspection equipment for their own use as
quality assurance.
D. Certify to the Owner that the specified paint has been applied at the paint
manufacturer’s recommended coverage, and to the specified thickness required.
Also, certify that the paint has been applied in accordance with this contract.
E. Take all necessary steps, including dry striping by brush or roller, to ensure a holiday-
free coating system.
F. The wet interior coatings are subject to low voltage holiday testing.
G. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to perform destructive testing under
conditions deemed necessary. Testing may include, but is not limited to, the Tooke
thickness test and adhesion testing. Any damage caused by these tests will be
corrected to specifications at the Contractor’s expense.
1.11 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply paint when the temperature, as measured in the shade, is below the
manufacturer’s required ambient and surface temperatures.
B. Do not apply paint to wet or damp surfaces, or during rain, snow, or fog.
C. Do not apply paint when it is expected the relative humidity will exceed 85%, or the
surface temperature is less than 5º above dew point, or the air temperature will drop
below the manufacturer’s requirements for proper cure. Anticipate dew or moisture
condensation, and if such conditions are prevalent, delay painting until the inspector
is satisfied the surfaces are dry.
1.12 APPLICATION
A. Complete all painting and surface preparation in strict accordance with these
specifications, approved paint manufacturer’s specifications, and good painting
practices per SSPC.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 18
B. Apply each coating at the rate and in the manner specified by the manufacturer.
Check the wet film thickness every 200 sq. ft. to ensure each coat applied meets the
dry film thickness range requirements.
C. Allow sufficient time for each coat of paint to dry and cure. Allow a minimum of
twenty-four (24) hours between coats, unless product requirements have a maximum
time less than 24 hours.
D. Apply exterior coating by brush and roller only. Spray application is not permitted
without prior approval of the Engineer. Even with prior approval, responsibility for
damage still remains with the Contractor.
E. Painting may be delayed because of poor coverage or the potential damage from
overspray and/or dry spray. In all cases, responsibility for damages rests with the
Contractor.
F. The Contractor is responsible for the appearance of the finished project and is warned
to prevent contact with any freshly applied coating. Removal of rigging shall be
completed so not to mar or damage the coating.
G. Coatings shall be applied using methods to eliminate roller or spray marks in the
finished product on the exterior.
H. Stripe the wet interior prior to the application of the final coat.
I. Additional coats required for coverage or to eliminate roller marks, spray marks and
to repair dry spray and overspray are the responsibility of the Contractor at no
additional cost to the Owner.
J. Use of pole extension on spray guns is prohibited for all paint application.
K. Mixing of partial kits is not permitted. All partial cans of coating must be removed
from the site.
L. Mixing blades to be clean. The Engineer has the right to reject mixing blades based
on cleanliness or paint build-up. Do not use the same mixing blade for different
coatings (i.e. epoxy and urethane coatings).
1.13 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A. Furnish two (2) pressure relief valves.
B. The valves shall be Aquatrol series 69F1 or approved equal.
C. Valves will need to be fitted with hydrant thread adaptor. Valves to be adjustable with
range a minimum of 30 to 90 psi. Set valve at 60 psi.
D. Supply three (3) days prior to draining of the structure.
E. After work to the structure and successful disinfection have been completed, the
Owner will return the valves to the possession of the Contractor.
F. Cost shall be incidental to project cost.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 19
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 COLOR
A. Exterior Coatings:
1. Supply the Engineer with a color chart to allow the Owner ample time for the
exterior topcoat color selection.
2. Factory tint the intermediate coat(s) for all areas of the structure if similar to the
finish coat. Tinting shall be sufficient to allow visibility of the dissimilar color
from 1 ft., and from 100 ft.
3. After evaluating the bids, the Owner shall select the color. All bids shall be based
on common “white” color. The Owner recognizes the additional cost for deep
color paints. After the color has been selected, document the difference in cost
and quantity used for the selected color and the Owner will issue a Change Order
for the exact cost differential only.
4. Documentation of additional cost is the responsibility of the Contractor and must
be supplied two (2) weeks before application. If necessary, documentation is not
supplied, any additional cost will be borne by the Contractor. If
selection/application time is less than two (2) weeks, then as soon as possible.
The Owner has the right to switch to a less expensive color; therefore, the
Contractor must submit cost before ordering paint.
B. Wet Interior and Dry Interior Coatings:
1. The color is to be a different tint between coats. Tinting to be performed in the
factory.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. All coatings specified and approved herein have met or exceeded a specified list of
ASTM standards. The materials specified are the standard to which all others shall be
compared.
B. The purpose is to establish a standard of design and quality, and not to limit
competition.
C. Other manufacturers wishing to have their products approved have also had their
coatings tested using the same representative of Dixon Engineering, Inc., and the
same test methods.
D. Approval by ANSI/NSF Standard 61 is also a requirement for potable water contact
coatings.
E. The selection of coatings also has taken into consideration the manufacturer’s current
and past performance on availability, stocking, and shipping capabilities, ability to
resolve disputes, and any applicable warranties.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 20
2.03 DEHUMIDIFICATION and HEATING – WET INTERIOR
A. Supply dehumidification/heating units capable of maintaining dew point temperature
lower than 15º below surface temperature during blasting and lower than 5º during
coating application and cure, and steel temperature maintained above the
manufacturer’s printed requirements.
B. Supply a dehumidifier designed with a solid desiccant having a single rotary
desiccant bed capable of continuous operation, with fully automatic operation. Do
not use liquid desiccant, granular, or loose lithium chloride drying systems.
Refrigerant systems may be used in conjunction with desiccant units.
C. Plumbing, noise control, insulation, venting, and all incidental items needed to
provide proper ambient conditions shall be included as one package.
D. Supply and maintain a power source for the dehumidifier and heater, unless otherwise
specified.
2.04 DUST COLLECTORS – AIR FILTRATION UNITS
A. Furnish and use a dust collector during all blasting work.
B. Units to be equal in filtration capacity to Eagle Industries dust collectors. Other units
may be used, but their substitution will be evaluated on efficiency at 0.5 micron size
and airflow movement.
C. Use 20,000 CFM minimum for wet interior work.
D. Substitution of steel grit blasting may decrease the requirements above. New
requirements will be defined by the Engineer based on the efficiency of the
Contractor’s equipment.
E. Furnish HEPA filters for dust collection.
F. Number of dust collectors shall be sufficient to supply a 50 ft./minute downward draft
at most areas. An average may be considered. Determination of actual containment
plan will be the deciding factor. Calculations of airflow shall be included in the
containment submittal.
G. Use only new filters or filters certified clean.
2.05 EQUIPMENT COVERING
A. Use material that is 8 – 10 mils thick, and 100% impermeable to all vulnerable
equipment.
B. Use material resistant to tear and/or rip by mechanical action from abrasive blasting
during blasting operations.
C. Make coverings airtight by use of duct tape at the openings, or other suitable
measures.
D. Meet with representative of equipment Owner to verify covering will not damage
equipment. Damage is the Contractor’s responsibility. This includes not only the
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 21
Owner’s equipment, but also telecommunication antennas, cables, buildings, controls,
etc.
2.06 AIR DRYER for COMPRESSOR
A. Use air dryers sufficient to remove 98% of the moisture from the compressed air.
Size the dryers on total cfm using manufacturer supplied charts. Upon request,
supply charts to Engineer for verification.
B. If the dryer fan is not operable, cease all blasting until the dryer is replaced or
repaired.
C. Supply air dryer with an air draw-off valve to check air for dryness, oil
contamination, and cleanliness on the outlet side of the air dryer.
D. For cleaning operations, draw clean air from the outlet side of the air dryer.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 DISINFECTION
A. Disinfect the completely painted structure in accordance with AWWA Standard C652
Chlorination Method No. 3.
B. Furnish the material and labor necessary to disinfect the structure in the required
manner. Assist Owner during filling.
C. Do not allow water to enter the distribution system until satisfactory bacteriological
test results are received.
D. Owner is responsible to collect two consecutive bacteriological samples, 24 hours
apart, following disinfection. Satisfactory results are required before the tank can be
returned to service.
E. Water drained to waste may not contain any substances in concentrations that can
adversely affect the natural environment. No total residual chlorine may be measured
in water discharged to surface water. It is recommended that the water be
dechlorinated per AWWA C655F Field Dechlorination.
F. Pay all additional expenses if it is necessary to repeat the testing and disinfection
procedure as a result of defective work.
3.02 PROTECTION of NON-WORK AREAS
A. Protect all non-blasted/painted surfaces prior to all abrasive blast cleaning/painting.
B. Thoroughly cover the fill/drain pipe, overflow pipe, and all other openings. Do not
permit abrasive or paint chips to enter into the piping or distribution system. Use
watertight seals on the pipes.
C. Protect and seal all controls and electrical components (even if they are not in the
immediate work area) that are in danger from the project. Coordinate with the Owner
so all controls are shut down and/or vented if necessary.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 22
3.03 ANTENNA SYSTEM PROTECTION
A. There are fourteen antennas mounted on the roof and three on the riser. The number
of antennas listed are from the last known condition, the Contractor is to field verify
number of antennas.
B. There are cables routed from the ground up to the antennas with miscellaneous
sensitive equipment mounted on the structure and control equipment/buildings
located on the ground.
C. Use material that is 100% impermeable to cover and protect all antennas, antenna
cables, and antenna controls/buildings.
D. Use material resistant to tear by mechanical action from abrasive blasting, power
washing and coating application.
E. Payment for damage to antennas, antenna cables, miscellaneous equipment and/or
antenna controls/buildings is the responsibility of the Contractor.
F. Contact the Owner of each set of antennas one (1) week prior to the beginning of
construction. Name of antenna companies will be available at the preconstruction
meeting.
G. Antennas may remain in service during the project. The Contractor is responsible for
their own RF safety. Contractor to provide a minimum of one RF monitor for
employees on site for the duration of the project.
3.04 ANTENNA EQUIPMENT COATING
A. Antenna equipment is to be surface prepared and coated to match the exterior tank per
these specifications including but not limited to: brackets and mounting poles.
B. All previously coated items are to be coated per the exterior specifications. Any
galvanized, stainless steel or other uncoated materials are to remain uncoated.
C. Cost is incidental to the project.
3.05 DEHUMIDIFICATION/HEATING
A. Control the environment with dehumidification equipment twenty-four (24) hours a
day during blast cleaning, coating operations, and 48 hours after the topcoat
(including holiday touch-ups and repairs are performed) as a minimum to maintain
ambient conditions until cure completion.
B. Supply sufficient dry air to assure the air adjacent to surfaces to be abrasive blast
cleaned or coated does not exceed minimum required humidity at any time during the
blasting, coating, or curing cycle.
C. Monitor and record ambient conditions twenty-four (24) hours a day throughout
abrasive blast cleaning and painting work (use Polygon Exact Aire, DRYCO
ClimaTrack, DH Tech HOBOU30 data logger, or approved equal). Monitor to be
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 23
capable of being programmed with condition parameters and of alerting Contractor,
Engineer and Owner via phone or e-mail of condition or equipment failures.
D. Contractor to manually test interior ambient conditions three (3) times a day, or more
often with rapid weather changes. Record daily readings. Adjust or add equipment
as required to maintain steel temperatures, dew point, and humidity. (This is in
addition to the monitor with recorder noted above).
E. Use a minimum 2,000 CFM dehumidification capacity for all wet interior work.
F. Surround the units with noise suppressant enclosures, unless units are sound
attenuated or have noise suppressants. More extensive enclosure requirements are
required in residential areas where the machines must run all night. Noise
suppressant level needed will depend on the size of the dehumidification units, their
efficiency, and their locations. Provide noise suppressant enclosures of sufficient
height and thickness to lower noise to an acceptable level for neighbors. Also
provide noise suppressant enclosures for generators.
G. Auxiliary heaters may be necessary to maintain the surface temperature at a level
acceptable to the coating manufacturer’s application parameters. The auxiliary
equipment must be approved for use by the manufacturer of the dehumidification
equipment and shall meet the following requirements. Auxiliary ventilation
equipment and/or dust collection equipment can affect the exchange rate.
1. Heaters shall be installed in the process air supply duct between the dehumidifier
and the work, as close to the work as possible. Air heaters are not acceptable as a
substitute for dehumidification without approval.
2. Use only electric or indirect gas fired auxiliary heaters. No direct fired space
heaters will be allowed during blasting, coating, or curing phase.
H. Seal off the work, allowing air to escape at the bottom of the space away from the
point where the dehumidified air is being introduced. Maintain a slight positive
pressure in the work unless the dust from the blasting operation is hazardous.
I. Where necessary to filter the air escaping the space, design the filtration system to
match the air volume of the dehumidification equipment in such a way that it will not
interfere with the dehumidification equipment’s capacity to control the space as
described herein. Do not re-circulate the air from the work or from filtration
equipment back through the dehumidifier when coating or solvent vapors are present.
Outside air is to be used during those periods.
J. Securely attach duct work to the equipment and work to minimize air loss. Design
hoses with sufficient capacity and minimal bends to reduce friction loss.
K. Dehumidification and its operating power source are incidental to the respective
painting project (wet or dry interior).
L. Set-up and operate equipment twenty-four (24) hours (or earlier) prior to start of
blasting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 24
3.06 DUST CONTAINMENT – INTERIOR
A. Do everything within the Contractor’s power to minimize dust as a nuisance.
B. No visible dust release is allowed from roof openings and other access openings.
Seal or close all openings prior to blasting (see ventilation requirements).
C. Connect the air filtration unit directly to a manhole extension.
D. Design the manhole extension to allow access of hoses through a side exit that is
sealable after hoses are in-place. Install the air filtration unit directly to the end of the
extension.
E. Seal of the side exit will be tested by holding a smoke agent 6 in. outside the seal with
the air filtration unit operating. If smoke is drawn to the seal area, additional sealing
will be necessary.
F. The Contractor may reverse this operation by connecting the air filtration unit to the
roof manhole and sealing around the hose. Also seal the roof vent. A sealed semi-
rigid structure also may be used where employees have access through a side door.
90% of the air draw must be from the tank proper.
G. Construct the semi-rigid structure from 8 ft. x 8 ft. x 6 ft. high scaffold framing and
cover with tarps, with all edges lapped 2 ft. minimum and an overlapped
entranceway.
3.07 VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Supply mechanical ventilation sufficient to change air in the tank six (6) times each
hour.
B. In calculating air exchange, the dust collector air capacity can be considered a part of
the air being changed up to 50% of ventilation requirements.
C. Use the roof or access tube/bowl manways with fans to move the required air.
D. Ventilate wet interior areas a minimum of seven (7) days after completion of painting,
or longer until the wet interior coating has fully cured. Maintain ventilation at the
rate of two (2) complete air changes per hour. The Owner reserves the right to
perform a MEK Solvent Double Rub Test per ASTM D 4752 to verify the cure of the
coating film prior to returning the tank to service.
E. Cost of ventilation is incidental to the project.
F. Additional ventilation openings may have to be installed by the Contractor. Submit
size, details, and location(s) for approval by the Owner prior to cutting any opening.
All costs associated with repairs by a certified welder are incidental
G. Connect the air filtration unit per Section, Dust Containment – Interior. All fans at
the bottom wet interior manhole may blow out into the dry interior, forcing the dust
down. Zero release to the atmosphere will be permitted.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 25
3.08 HAND WASH FACILITY
A. Provide OSHA approved hand wash facility with running water. Hot water is not
required.
B. Stock facility with soap and towels and keep supply replenished.
C. Test water and dispose of properly after job is completed.
3.09 LIGHTING of WORKSPACE
A. Provide durable lighting fixtures designed for the intended work environment for use
during blasting, painting, and during all inspections.
B. Encase portable lamps in a non-conductive, shatterproof material. Use only heavily
insulated cable with an abrasive resistant casing.
C. Install all temporary electrical items in accordance with all local, state, and federal
codes, including OSHA.
D. Protect from paint overspray and damage from abrasive materials.
E. Measure required illumination during surface preparation and coating application at
the work surface. Supply 20 ft. candles minimum illumination during blasting and
painting, and 30 ft. candles minimum prior to and during inspection, per SSPC-Guide
12. Inspect the prepared surface at the higher illumination prior to calling for
inspection. All work must conform to specification requirements prior to the
scheduled inspection.
F. Measure the illumination at the work surface in the plane of the work.
PART 4 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS
4.01 CATHODIC PROTECTION REMOVAL
A. Remove existing cathodic protection anode system from the tank, including ropes and
wires.
B. Install new anode wires and mounting hardware as needed and replace all reference
cells. Work shall be performed by existing Owner supplier and must meet AWWA
D104 requirements.
C. Cost is incidental to wet interior repainting.
4.02 SCHEDULING
A. Complete all welding and any other work that damages the coating before paint
operations begin, including surface preparation. The exception is paint removal in the
weld area.
B. If Contractor wants a variance in this schedule, request the change and give reason in
writing to the Owner. The project manager will reply with a written Field Order if
change is approved. Engineer reserves the right to put further restrictions in Field
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 26
Order. If Contractor objects to restrictions, he may revert to the original
specifications.
4.03 GRASS RESTORATION
A. The Contractor is to report any damaged ground at the construction site in writing
prior to mobilization of equipment, otherwise all repairs to the damaged ground will
be the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Refill all holes, ruts etc. with clean topsoil, and level area around the construction site
to the original grade.
C. Fill material to be clean soil, no gravel, rocks or construction debris is to be used as
fill material without the Owner’s consent.
D. Bring soil to a friable condition by disking, harrowing, or otherwise loosening and
mixing to a depth of 3 in. – 4 in. Thoroughly break all lumps and clods.
E. Rake area to be seeded. Sow seed at a minimum rate of 220 lbs/acre. Use seed
intended for the climate.
F. Work to be completed to the Owner’s satisfaction.
G. Cost is incidental to exterior painting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 27
SECTION 09 97 13.10
STEEL COATING SURFACE PREPARATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Full/Spot Field Abrasive Blasting.
B. Power Tool Cleaning.
C. High Pressure Water Cleaning.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AWWA Standards:
1. D102-17 Painting Steel Water Storage Tanks.
B. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. SP11 – Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.
2. SP6/NACE No. 3 – Commercial Abrasive Blast.
3. SP10/NACE No. 2 – Near-White Metal Abrasive Blast.
4. SP12/NACE No. 5 – High and Ultra High Pressure Water Jetting.
5. VIS 1 (Visual standard for abrasive blasted metal).
6. VIS 3 (Visual standard for hand and power tool cleaned metal).
1.03 WORK INCLUDED – SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Exterior: High pressure water clean (5,000 to 10,000 psi), spot power tool clean to a
SSPC-SP11 standard
B. Wet Interior: Abrasive blast clean to a SSPC-SP10 near-white metal standard.
C. Dry Interior: Abrasive blast clean the entire top of the condensate platform
(including 1 ft. up the riser wall) and spot failures throughout to a SSPC-SP6
commercial standard.
1.04 WASTE AND SOIL SAMPLING
A. Sample waste from each portion of the project and keep waste segregated. Send to a
NLLAP certified lab and test for TCLP for eight (8) metals (Arsenic, Barium,
Cadmium, Chromium, Lead, Mercury, Selenium and Silver).
B. The Owner reserves the right to collect samples and to send them to their selected lab.
This will be determined at the preconstruction meeting.
C. Pay all lab fees for eight (8) metals TCLP analysis on waste samples.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 28
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EXTERIOR TANK CLEANER
A. United 727 Weather-Zyme as manufactured by United Laboratories, 320 37th Ave.,
St. Charles, IL 60174 1-800-323-2594.
2.02 ABRASIVE – COAL SLAG
A. The coal slag shall be 20-40 grade, or 30-60 grade.
B. The abrasive shall be free of moisture, water soluble contaminants, dust, and oil.
C. The abrasive shall be stored and covered to prevent moisture contamination.
D. All leaking or spilling bags shall be removed, and affected areas properly cleaned.
E. All slag abrasive shall meet the requirements of SSPC-AB1 “Mineral and Slag
Abrasive” June 1, 1991-Grade 3.
F. The use of silica sand, flint sand, and glass beads is prohibited.
G. All abrasive and grit material used, and all equipment supplied shall be subject to
approval of the Engineer. The abrasive or grit shall be sharp enough and hard enough
to remove the mill scale, rust, and paint.
2.03 RECYCLABLE STEEL GRIT – ALTERNATE
A. Use recyclable steel grit size G-25 or G-50.
B. The abrasive is to be free of moisture, water soluble contaminants, dust, and oil.
C. The abrasive is to be stored and covered to prevent moisture contamination.
D. All leaking or spilling containers are to be removed, and affected areas properly
cleaned.
E. All recyclable steel grit shall meet requirements of SSPC-AB1 “Metallic Abrasive”
June 1, 1991.
F. All abrasive and grit material used, and all equipment supplied shall be subject to
approval of the Engineer. The abrasive or grit shall be sharp enough and hard enough
to remove the mill scale, rust, and paint.
G. Using steel grit in the dry interior will require extra clean-up when there is insulation
on the fill pipe. The insulation and insulation jacketing on the fill/draw pipe will need
to be removed for the sections within 4 feet above each platform. The removed
insulation and jacketing is to be cleaned and reinstalled to original conditions.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 PRE-SURFACE PREPARATION – WET INTERIOR
A. Low pressure water clean at 4,000 psi all surfaces and appurtenances to remove
sediment, minerals, and other contaminants.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 29
B. Staining may remain in place prior to abrasive blast cleaning, Engineer to approve
cleanliness.
3.02 NEAR-WHITE METAL (SSPC-SP10) DRY BLAST – WET INTERIOR
A. Abrasive blast clean all surfaces and appurtenances to a near-white metal finish
(SSPC-SP10), latest edition thereof.
B. Maintain a profile of 2.0 – 3.0 mils on abrasive blast cleaned surfaces.
C. All interior abrasive blast cleaning is to be completed and all spent abrasive removed,
and surfaces thoroughly cleaned prior to any primer application.
D. Once an area is acceptable for painting, apply all coats and allow coating to cure to
touch prior to resumption of blasting or blast the entire tank before painting, use
dehumidification to hold the blast. It is the Contractor’s discretion and responsibility
to determine if the entire tank is to be blasted, or what size is to be blasted and coated
(all coats).
E. The Contractor is responsible for supplying heat and dehumidification to maintain
blast conditions.
3.03 HIGH PRESSURE WATER CLEANING - EXTERIOR
A. Solvent clean all visible grease, oil, salt, algae, and residue in accordance with SSPC-
SP1.
B. High pressure water clean all exterior surfaces and appurtenances at 5,000 – 10,000
psi to remove all dirt, chalk, algae, other foreign material, and all brittle or loose
coating, rust, and mill scale. Operational pressure will be determined by the Engineer
based on field conditions.
C. Maintain a water jet nozzle distance of 2 in. – 10 in. away from the surface.
D. Hold the water jet nozzle with 0º - 15º tip perpendicular (90º) to the surface at all
times.
E. Only use machines rated at and capable of achieving and maintaining 10,000 psi. Use
of a rotating/reciprocating nozzle during water cleaning is permitted but not to
increase the pressure of a washer rated lower than required.
F. Do NOT exceed a rate of 10 sq. ft./minute.
G. The gauge measuring time of use must be operational on the unit, if not operational
the Contractor may be shut down and/or deducted price for rental of an operational
unit from the final payment.
H. Feather all edges using power tools per this specification.
3.04 POWER TOOL CLEAN (SSPC-SP11) - EXTERIOR
A. Solvent clean all visible grease, oil, salts, and residue.
B. Power tool clean all surfaces and appurtenances to bare metal (SP11) in areas where
steel is exposed or rusted, or where coating is abraded.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 30
C. Retain or produce a surface profile. Surface profile shall be greater than 1.0 mil.
D. Edges of adjacent coating shall be feathered a minimum of ½ in. from the exposed
steel with 3M Scotch-Brite Clean’n Strip discs.
3.05 COMMERCIAL BLAST (SSPC-SP6) SPOT – DRY INTERIOR
A. Abrasive blast clean the entire top of the condensate platform (including 1 ft. up the
riser wall) and spot failures throughout where steel is exposed or rusted, or where
coating is abraded as specified to a commercial finish (SSPC-SP6), latest edition
thereof.
B. Maintain a profile of 1.0 – 2.0 mils on abrasive blast cleaned surfaces.
C. Feather all edges of adjacent coating a minimum of ½ in. from the exposed steel with
3M Scotch-Brite Clean’n Strip discs.
3.06 HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Contract directly with a licensed hazardous waste hauler who is properly licensed in
the State of Illinois to haul hazardous material.
B. Transport the debris for treatment to a licensed hazardous waste disposal site.
C. The Contractor will not be paid any retainage until paperwork has been submitted,
including submittal of the hazardous waste manifest. Any original of the hazardous
waste manifest shall be returned to the Owner.
D. Remove all hazardous waste from the site within thirty (30) days of completion of the
blasting portion of the project.
E. Payment for disposal of hazardous waste is incidental to the project.
3.07 WASTE DOCUMENTATION
A. Supply proper documentation of storage, transportation, and treatment, or disposal of
the waste to the Owner. The Owner will retain sufficient funds from the Contractor
to pay for hazardous waste transportation, treatment, and any possible fines until all
documentation has been received. This retainage will be held, even if the waste has
tested non-hazardous.
3.08 TESTING and CLEAN-UP of WASTE
A. Daily collect all spent abrasive from the ground tarps and dispose in the required
receptacles. Prior to receiving test results, spent abrasive shall be stored on ground
tarps. The spent abrasive is to be covered and weighted down so no dust can be
released.
B. Furnish containers with proper labels for storage of the spent debris. Containers shall
meet requirements of the EPA (or their local counterpart) for hazardous waste
disposal. The spent abrasive will be moved directly from the tank into the waste
containers. The containers will remain until final test results have been received.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 31
Furnishing containers with covers will be incidental to respective repaint, and will not
be affected by the Owner’s final selection of respective interior or exterior disposal.
C. Waste to remain on-site in covered receptacles until waste test results are received.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 32
SECTION 09 97 13.13.08
WET INTERIOR STEEL COATING – THREE COAT ZINC EPOXY
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting the wet interior.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. PA2 – Measurements and Calibration.
3. NACE RP 0178 Surface Finish Requirements.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a three (3) coat zinc epoxy system.
B. Application of a polyurethane elastomeric seam sealer.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 ZINC EPOXY – 3 COAT SYSTEM
A. System to meet all National Sanitation Foundation 61 certification standards for
potable water contact.
B. Approved suppliers and systems:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec 94H2O/N140/N140(stripe)/N140
Induron Indurazinc MC-67/PE-70/PE-70(stripe)/PE-70
C. Approved seam sealer:
Sika Corporation Sika Flex 1a
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 ZINC EPOXY – 3 COAT SYSTEM
A. Apply a three coat high build epoxy paint system with a zinc primer to all prepared
surfaces and appurtenances.
B. Abrasive blast cleaning and paint requirements have been previously defined in
Section 09 97 13.10.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 33
C. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Coat Minimum Maximum
DFT (mils) DFT (mils)
Primer 2.5 3.5
Intermediate 4.0 6.0
Stripe Coat 1.5 2.5
Topcoat 4.0 6.0
Total 10.5* 15.5*
*Total does not include stripe coat.
D. Stripe coat to be applied to all welds, angles, and sharp edges throughout the
structure, including above the high water line and all roof beams, etc.
E. Each full coat to be a different color from the previous coat and is to be approved by
the engineer. No color bleedthrough should occur if proper application rates are
observed.
F. Apply all coats in uniform color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs, sags, cloudy,
or missed areas. Correct all defects before application of the successive coat.
G. Allow a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours between coats (including stripe coat).
Additional time may be necessary if low temperatures require an increase in the
necessary cure time.
H. MAINTAIN FORCED VENTILATION A MINIMUM OF SEVEN (7) DAYS
AFTER TOPCOAT APPLICATION, time required for cure is dependent on the
coating manufacturer and temperature. Record variations of the standard procedures
(roof hatch closure because of rain, etc.), and submit to the engineer. Heat is required
if, in the opinion of the engineer, the integrity of the coating is endangered by cold
weather, or if additional cure time will delay the project beyond the substantial
completion date.
3.02 SEAM SEALING – ROOF
A. Seam seal all roof lap seams on the interior after the topcoat is dry to the touch. Seal
using a caulking gun filling all cracks less than 1 in. separation. Tool sealant as
required.
B. Payment will be on a lump sum basis.
C. Payment will be a separate line item “Seam Sealer” which the owner reserves the
right to delete.
3.03 SCHEDULE of WORK
A. Complete all exterior and interior welding prior to surface preparation.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 34
SECTION 09 97 13.19.03
DRY INTERIOR STEEL COATING – SPOT TWO COAT EPOXY
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Partial painting in the dry interior.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. PA2 – Measurements and Calibration.
3. NACE RP 0178 Surface Finish Requirements.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a spot two (2) coat epoxy system.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EPOXY – SPOT 2 COAT SYSTEM
A. Two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Approved suppliers and systems:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec N69(spot)/N69(spot)
Induron PE-70(spot)/PE-70(spot)
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EPOXY – SPOT 2 COAT EPOXY
A. Apply to all prepared areas a spot two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Surface preparation has been previously defined in Section 09 97 13.10.
C. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Coat Minimum Maximum
D.F.T. (mils) D.F.T. (mils)
Primer (spot) 4.0 6.0
Topcoat (spot) 4.0 6.0
Total 8.0 12.0
D. Each coat to be a different color from the previous coat and is to be approved by the
engineer. No color bleedthrough should occur if proper application rates are
observed.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 35
E. Apply all coats in uniform color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs, sags, cloudy,
or missed areas. Correct all defects before application of the successive coat.
F. Allow a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours between coats. Additional time may be
necessary if low temperatures require an increase in the necessary cure time.
3.02 SCHEDULE of WORK
A. Complete all exterior and interior welding prior to surface preparation.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 36
SECTION 09 97 13.24.15
EXTERIOR STEEL COATING – THREE COAT URETHANE OVERCOAT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting on the exterior.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. NACE RP 0178 Surface Finish Requirements.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a three (3) coat urethane system.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EPOXY URETHANE - 3 COAT OVERCOAT SYSTEM
A. The coating shall be a urethane system.
B. The contractor is advised to follow all requirements for safety concerning
isocyanates.
C. Ultraviolet protection additives mixed at factory only. There will be no tinting or
addition of any material other than the manufacturer’s thinners.
D. Approved suppliers and systems:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec 118(spot)/118/1074/1074UV
Induron Ebond100(spot)/Ebond100/ I-6600/I-6600
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EPOXY URETHANE - 3 COAT OVERCOAT SYSTEM
A. Apply to all prepared surfaces a three (3) coat urethane system.
B. Surface preparation and paint requirements have been previously defined in Section
09 97 13.10. Apply all coatings by brush and roller. Spray application is prohibited.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 37
C. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Tnemec Coat Minimum Maximum
D.F.T. (mils) D.F.T. (mils)
Primer (spot) 6.0 8.0
Intermediate 6.0 8.0
Urethane Intermediate 2.0 3.0
Topcoat 2.0 3.0
Total 16.0 22.0
Induron Coat Minimum Maximum
D.F.T. (mils) D.F.T. (mils)
Primer (spot) 1.0 2.0
Intermediate 1.0 2.0
Urethane Intermediate 2.0 3.0
Topcoat 2.0 3.0
Total 4.0 10.0
D. Each full coat to be a different color from the previous coat and is to be approved by
the engineer. No color bleedthrough should occur if proper application rates are
observed.
E. Apply all coats in uniform color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs, sags, cloudy,
or missed areas. Correct all defects before application of the successive coat.
F. Allow a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours between coats. Additional time may be
necessary if low temperatures require an increase in the necessary cure time.
3.04 BOWL TOPCOAT - ALTERNATE
A. Paint the bowl with a fluorourethane coating. Note that the coating replaces the
topcoat listed above.
B. Approved Fluorourethane coating system.
Manufacturer System
Tnemec V700
Induron Perma-Gloss
C. Apply logo coating at 2.0 to 3.0 mils.
D. Payment is a separate line item “Exterior Bowl – Dark Topcoat Alternate” which the
Owner reserves the right to delete.
3.05 BOWL, RISER, AND BASEBELL TOPCOAT - ALTERNATE
A. Paint the bowl, riser, and basebell with a fluorourethane coating. Note that the
coating replaces the topcoat listed above.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 38
B. Approved Fluorourethane coating system.
Manufacturer System
Tnemec V700
Induron Perma-Gloss
C. Apply logo coating at 2.0 to 3.0 mils.
D. Payment is a separate line item “Exterior Bowl, Riser, and Basebell – Dark Topcoat
Alternate” which the Owner reserves the right to delete.
3.06 SCHEDULE of WORK
A. Complete all exterior and interior welding prior to surface preparation.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 39
SECTION 09 97 23.23.03
CONCRETE FOUNDATION COATING – TWO COAT EPOXY
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Painting of the concrete foundation.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. SSPC and NACE Standards:
1. PA1 – Paint Application.
2. PA2 – Measurements and Calibration.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Application of a two (2) coat epoxy system.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 EPOXY – 2 COAT SYSTEM
A. Two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Approved suppliers and manufacturers:
Manufacturer System
Tnemec N69/N69
Induron PE-70/PE-70
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EPOXY – 2 COAT EPOXY
A. Apply to all prepared areas a two (2) coat epoxy system.
B. Remove dirt 3” below grade around the entire foundation prior to coating, backfill
once topcoat is dry to the touch.
C. Foundations to be water cleaned at 3,500 to 5,000 psi to remove all contaminants.
D. Apply each coat at the following rates:
Coat Min. D.F.T. (mils) Max. D.F.T. (mils)
Primer 3.5 5.5
Topcoat 3.5 5.5
Total 7.0 10.0
E. Allow the manufacturer’s minimum time between coatings.
F. Cost is incidental to exterior painting.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 40
SECTION 13 32 12
MIXING SYSTEM - GRIDBEE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW
A. These specifications provide the requirements to furnish, install, and place into
operation a potable water storage tank mixer and associated equipment.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA
B. Department of Transportation, DOT
C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., UL 508
D. NSF/ANSI Standard 61
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Continuous Operation Equipment. The circulation equipment shall operate
continuously, all day and all night, using 120 VAC as the power source.
B. No Visual Defects. The mixer shall have no visual defects, and shall have high
quality welds, assembly, and corrosion resistant finish.
C. Qualified US Manufacturer. The manufacturer of the equipment shall have extensive
experience in the production of such equipment, and the equipment shall be
manufactured in the continental United States.
D. Warranty. The mixer shall be warranted to be free of defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of 5 years. This equipment warranty would run directly
from the manufacturer of the equipment to the owner. The equipment warranty
would not be part of the contract or any required bond.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. The awarded Bidder shall provide a digital copy and three (3) hard copies of the
following documents. Upon acceptance of these documents by the Engineer, the
Bidder will be issued a Notice to Proceed, and may then proceed to install the
equipment.
1. Manufacture Qualification Document
2. List of Supplied Equipment
3. Manufacturer Product Sheets
4. Electric Power Source Requirements
5. NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Documentation
6. Warranty Statement
7. Operation Manuals
1.05 FIELD SERVICES
A. Installation personnel shall have received job-specific safety training which is to
include: working over water, disinfecting procedures, confined space entry, and fall
protection.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 41
PART 2 – PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Specified Equipment. The circulation equipment shall be manufactured by Medora
Corporation. of Dickinson, ND, or be a pre-approved alternative.
2.02 PERFORMANCE AND FEATURES
A. Complete Water Circulation Required. To meet the project objectives, the tank or
reservoir circulation shall be achieved by a single or multiple submerged units within
the reservoir capable of providing long distance circulation of water. The mixer shall
have a direct measurable flow rate where suction shall enter specified mixer’s intake
positioned within 2 inches of reservoir floor and discharging water vertically in a
sheet flow pattern to induce a large volume, low velocity flow to reach the tank or
reservoir water surface. The mixer must be placement flexible in design to allow best
hydraulic positioning for tank or reservoir conditions to prevent hydraulic short
circuiting within tank or reservoir. Suction not within 2 inches of tank or reservoir
floor is not allowed.
B. Unit required to meet the project objectives including number of machines required.
Quantity Model Tank or Reservoir
1 GridBee GS-9 120V 250,000 Gallon with approx. 91’ LWL
C. Complete Mix: The mixer manufacturer guarantees that the subject tank will be
completely mixed by the mixer. In continuous operation of the mixer:
(1) at least once per 24 hours all water temperatures within the tank shall converge to
within 0.8 degrees C, and
(2) at least once per 72 hours all chlorine concentrations within the tank shall
converge to within 0.18 mg/l.
D. Fit Through Small Hatch Opening. The mixer shall be capable of fitting through a
clear, unobstructed opening of 12” diameter without requiring disassembly or
assembly.
E. Continuous Operation With 120VAC, 20 Amp Power Source. The mixer shall
operate continuously during day and night while connected to electric grid power.
F. Stainless Steel Construction. The mixer shall be constructed primarily of Type 316
stainless steel metal for strength and superior corrosion resistance.
G. Motor. The mixer shall be mechanically operated by a submersible motor that meets
the following criteria.
1. Direct Drive, with no gearbox and no lubrication maintenance required.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 42
2. Designed for submersible operation. Mixer design shall include flow sleeve or
housing around motor to provide water flow past motor per submersible motor
design criteria to lower the total motor temperature and increase winding life.
3. Designed for Continuous Operation without overheating or compromising motor
life expectancy. Constant, full speed operation, variable frequency drive or other
method of speed reduction not required and not allowed.
4. 120 VAC, 20 Amp power source shall be supplied by others and not the mixer
manufacturer.
H. SCADA and Controls. The mixer shall have the option to add an Electric Control Box
including a motor current indicator in a 4-20mA analog output and remote on/off
control via 24VDC relay.
I. Electrical Control Box. The mixer equipment shall be supplied with a Control Box
capable of disconnecting 120 VAC outgoing power to the mixer equipment and
meeting the following criteria:
1. NEMA 4 enclosure shall be provided with protection against condensation and
moisture in a marine environment.
2. Control Box shall be UL 508 Listed for sound electrical design and safety.
3. Control Box shall include exterior mounted HOA switch, definite purpose
contactor for mixer control, exterior mounted run indicator light, grounding lug,
120 VAC standard three-prong male molded plug, and locking latch for security.
4. Control Box shall include a 4-20 mAmp current transducer providing analog
output for motor current allowing for monitoring proper operation. Control Box
shall include a 24 VDC relay to allow for remote on and off control of the mixer.
Integration of 4-20 mAmp output and remote on/off relay into site PLC/RTU shall
be provided by the electrician (not by mixer manufacturer).
5. Control Box requires a 120 VAC power source, Minimum 20 Amp rated service
located near the final placement of the Control Box. SCADA and control
functions of the Control Box require 24 VDC incoming power for automatic
operation and 4-20 mAmp current transducer. The 120 VAC and 24 VDC power
source shall be supplied by the electrician (not by mixer manufacturer).
J. Low Elevation Intake: The circulation equipment shall be supplied with an intake
capable of being positioned at the lowest elevation of the tank or reservoir floor. The
intake level shall bring water into the circulation equipment at horizontal layer within
6 inches (15 cm) of the tank or reservoir floor.
K. The circulation equipment shall be NSF/ANSI Standard 61 and NSF/ANSI Standard
372 listed for safe contact with potable water. The mixer shall be NSF/ANSI
Standard 61 listed to be safely in contact with a potable water volume as low as 5,000
gallons.
L. Maintenance Requirements. The circulation equipment shall operate normally with
the following maintenance features.
1. No scheduled lubrication is required of any system components including motor.
2. No spare parts shall be required to be kept on hand.
M. Equipment Support. The mixer manufacturer shall offer factory support with the
following staff and support services.
1. Customer Service, Application Engineering, and Equipment Engineering staff
available by email or toll-free phone.
OAK BROOK – TECHNICAL - 43
2. Public website with detailed information available describing the mixer for this
project and related applications of this equipment into potable water tanks and
reservoirs.
3. Service plans for preventative maintenance and continued technology
improvements for the specified mixer.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The circulation equipment manufacturer shall have the capability to provide
Installation, Startup, and On-Site Water Testing Services to insure (a) proper machine
spatial placement in the reservoir, and (b) proper intake depth setting.
B. Contractor to provide conduit and electric service from the base of the tank (at the
electric panel) up to the roof or utilize the existing conduit if available. All conduit to
be galvanized and continuous from ground to roof with no openings.
C. Contractor to supply coupling and junction box on the roof with watertight seal for
electric line and connection point next to the roof hatch for retrieval chain and electric
line.
D. The device is to be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations with a weather
tight seal on the roof.
E. Mixer to be installed above the bowl bottom (approximately 4 to 12 inches) using the
manufacturers suspension kit.
3.02 MOUNTING PANEL
A. Locate metal, waterproof cabinet in the base of the tank at a location approved by the
owner.
B. Mount all controls on the existing electrical panel if room is available or install new
brackets welded to the basebell wall on a 1/8” bent plate welded to the riser wall in
the dry interior. Weld using ⅛” full fillet welds.
C. Bolt the control panels using stainless steel or galvanized steel bolts.
D. Repair the coating per section 09 97 13 and 09 97 13.10.
3.03 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
A. There is a 120 volt power available in the basebell.
B. Coordinate with owner and connect electrical source to the mixer controls.